GENWiki

Premier IT Outsourcing and Support Services within the UK

User Tools

Site Tools


rfc:rfc9000



Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) J. Iyengar, Ed. Request for Comments: 9000 Fastly Category: Standards Track M. Thomson, Ed. ISSN: 2070-1721 Mozilla

                                                              May 2021
         QUIC: A UDP-Based Multiplexed and Secure Transport

Abstract

 This document defines the core of the QUIC transport protocol.  QUIC
 provides applications with flow-controlled streams for structured
 communication, low-latency connection establishment, and network path
 migration.  QUIC includes security measures that ensure
 confidentiality, integrity, and availability in a range of deployment
 circumstances.  Accompanying documents describe the integration of
 TLS for key negotiation, loss detection, and an exemplary congestion
 control algorithm.

Status of This Memo

 This is an Internet Standards Track document.
 This document is a product of the Internet Engineering Task Force
 (IETF).  It represents the consensus of the IETF community.  It has
 received public review and has been approved for publication by the
 Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG).  Further information on
 Internet Standards is available in Section 2 of RFC 7841.
 Information about the current status of this document, any errata,
 and how to provide feedback on it may be obtained at
 https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9000.

Copyright Notice

 Copyright (c) 2021 IETF Trust and the persons identified as the
 document authors.  All rights reserved.
 This document is subject to BCP 78 and the IETF Trust's Legal
 Provisions Relating to IETF Documents
 (https://trustee.ietf.org/license-info) in effect on the date of
 publication of this document.  Please review these documents
 carefully, as they describe your rights and restrictions with respect
 to this document.  Code Components extracted from this document must
 include Simplified BSD License text as described in Section 4.e of
 the Trust Legal Provisions and are provided without warranty as
 described in the Simplified BSD License.

Table of Contents

 1.  Overview
   1.1.  Document Structure
   1.2.  Terms and Definitions
   1.3.  Notational Conventions
 2.  Streams
   2.1.  Stream Types and Identifiers
   2.2.  Sending and Receiving Data
   2.3.  Stream Prioritization
   2.4.  Operations on Streams
 3.  Stream States
   3.1.  Sending Stream States
   3.2.  Receiving Stream States
   3.3.  Permitted Frame Types
   3.4.  Bidirectional Stream States
   3.5.  Solicited State Transitions
 4.  Flow Control
   4.1.  Data Flow Control
   4.2.  Increasing Flow Control Limits
   4.3.  Flow Control Performance
   4.4.  Handling Stream Cancellation
   4.5.  Stream Final Size
   4.6.  Controlling Concurrency
 5.  Connections
   5.1.  Connection ID
     5.1.1.  Issuing Connection IDs
     5.1.2.  Consuming and Retiring Connection IDs
   5.2.  Matching Packets to Connections
     5.2.1.  Client Packet Handling
     5.2.2.  Server Packet Handling
     5.2.3.  Considerations for Simple Load Balancers
   5.3.  Operations on Connections
 6.  Version Negotiation
   6.1.  Sending Version Negotiation Packets
   6.2.  Handling Version Negotiation Packets
   6.3.  Using Reserved Versions
 7.  Cryptographic and Transport Handshake
   7.1.  Example Handshake Flows
   7.2.  Negotiating Connection IDs
   7.3.  Authenticating Connection IDs
   7.4.  Transport Parameters
     7.4.1.  Values of Transport Parameters for 0-RTT
     7.4.2.  New Transport Parameters
   7.5.  Cryptographic Message Buffering
 8.  Address Validation
   8.1.  Address Validation during Connection Establishment
     8.1.1.  Token Construction
     8.1.2.  Address Validation Using Retry Packets
     8.1.3.  Address Validation for Future Connections
     8.1.4.  Address Validation Token Integrity
   8.2.  Path Validation
     8.2.1.  Initiating Path Validation
     8.2.2.  Path Validation Responses
     8.2.3.  Successful Path Validation
     8.2.4.  Failed Path Validation
 9.  Connection Migration
   9.1.  Probing a New Path
   9.2.  Initiating Connection Migration
   9.3.  Responding to Connection Migration
     9.3.1.  Peer Address Spoofing
     9.3.2.  On-Path Address Spoofing
     9.3.3.  Off-Path Packet Forwarding
   9.4.  Loss Detection and Congestion Control
   9.5.  Privacy Implications of Connection Migration
   9.6.  Server's Preferred Address
     9.6.1.  Communicating a Preferred Address
     9.6.2.  Migration to a Preferred Address
     9.6.3.  Interaction of Client Migration and Preferred Address
   9.7.  Use of IPv6 Flow Label and Migration
 10. Connection Termination
   10.1.  Idle Timeout
     10.1.1.  Liveness Testing
     10.1.2.  Deferring Idle Timeout
   10.2.  Immediate Close
     10.2.1.  Closing Connection State
     10.2.2.  Draining Connection State
     10.2.3.  Immediate Close during the Handshake
   10.3.  Stateless Reset
     10.3.1.  Detecting a Stateless Reset
     10.3.2.  Calculating a Stateless Reset Token
     10.3.3.  Looping
 11. Error Handling
   11.1.  Connection Errors
   11.2.  Stream Errors
 12. Packets and Frames
   12.1.  Protected Packets
   12.2.  Coalescing Packets
   12.3.  Packet Numbers
   12.4.  Frames and Frame Types
   12.5.  Frames and Number Spaces
 13. Packetization and Reliability
   13.1.  Packet Processing
   13.2.  Generating Acknowledgments
     13.2.1.  Sending ACK Frames
     13.2.2.  Acknowledgment Frequency
     13.2.3.  Managing ACK Ranges
     13.2.4.  Limiting Ranges by Tracking ACK Frames
     13.2.5.  Measuring and Reporting Host Delay
     13.2.6.  ACK Frames and Packet Protection
     13.2.7.  PADDING Frames Consume Congestion Window
   13.3.  Retransmission of Information
   13.4.  Explicit Congestion Notification
     13.4.1.  Reporting ECN Counts
     13.4.2.  ECN Validation
 14. Datagram Size
   14.1.  Initial Datagram Size
   14.2.  Path Maximum Transmission Unit
     14.2.1.  Handling of ICMP Messages by PMTUD
   14.3.  Datagram Packetization Layer PMTU Discovery
     14.3.1.  DPLPMTUD and Initial Connectivity
     14.3.2.  Validating the Network Path with DPLPMTUD
     14.3.3.  Handling of ICMP Messages by DPLPMTUD
   14.4.  Sending QUIC PMTU Probes
     14.4.1.  PMTU Probes Containing Source Connection ID
 15. Versions
 16. Variable-Length Integer Encoding
 17. Packet Formats
   17.1.  Packet Number Encoding and Decoding
   17.2.  Long Header Packets
     17.2.1.  Version Negotiation Packet
     17.2.2.  Initial Packet
     17.2.3.  0-RTT
     17.2.4.  Handshake Packet
     17.2.5.  Retry Packet
   17.3.  Short Header Packets
     17.3.1.  1-RTT Packet
   17.4.  Latency Spin Bit
 18. Transport Parameter Encoding
   18.1.  Reserved Transport Parameters
   18.2.  Transport Parameter Definitions
 19. Frame Types and Formats
   19.1.  PADDING Frames
   19.2.  PING Frames
   19.3.  ACK Frames
     19.3.1.  ACK Ranges
     19.3.2.  ECN Counts
   19.4.  RESET_STREAM Frames
   19.5.  STOP_SENDING Frames
   19.6.  CRYPTO Frames
   19.7.  NEW_TOKEN Frames
   19.8.  STREAM Frames
   19.9.  MAX_DATA Frames
   19.10. MAX_STREAM_DATA Frames
   19.11. MAX_STREAMS Frames
   19.12. DATA_BLOCKED Frames
   19.13. STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED Frames
   19.14. STREAMS_BLOCKED Frames
   19.15. NEW_CONNECTION_ID Frames
   19.16. RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID Frames
   19.17. PATH_CHALLENGE Frames
   19.18. PATH_RESPONSE Frames
   19.19. CONNECTION_CLOSE Frames
   19.20. HANDSHAKE_DONE Frames
   19.21. Extension Frames
 20. Error Codes
   20.1.  Transport Error Codes
   20.2.  Application Protocol Error Codes
 21. Security Considerations
   21.1.  Overview of Security Properties
     21.1.1.  Handshake
     21.1.2.  Protected Packets
     21.1.3.  Connection Migration
   21.2.  Handshake Denial of Service
   21.3.  Amplification Attack
   21.4.  Optimistic ACK Attack
   21.5.  Request Forgery Attacks
     21.5.1.  Control Options for Endpoints
     21.5.2.  Request Forgery with Client Initial Packets
     21.5.3.  Request Forgery with Preferred Addresses
     21.5.4.  Request Forgery with Spoofed Migration
     21.5.5.  Request Forgery with Version Negotiation
     21.5.6.  Generic Request Forgery Countermeasures
   21.6.  Slowloris Attacks
   21.7.  Stream Fragmentation and Reassembly Attacks
   21.8.  Stream Commitment Attack
   21.9.  Peer Denial of Service
   21.10. Explicit Congestion Notification Attacks
   21.11. Stateless Reset Oracle
   21.12. Version Downgrade
   21.13. Targeted Attacks by Routing
   21.14. Traffic Analysis
 22. IANA Considerations
   22.1.  Registration Policies for QUIC Registries
     22.1.1.  Provisional Registrations
     22.1.2.  Selecting Codepoints
     22.1.3.  Reclaiming Provisional Codepoints
     22.1.4.  Permanent Registrations
   22.2.  QUIC Versions Registry
   22.3.  QUIC Transport Parameters Registry
   22.4.  QUIC Frame Types Registry
   22.5.  QUIC Transport Error Codes Registry
 23. References
   23.1.  Normative References
   23.2.  Informative References
 Appendix A.  Pseudocode
   A.1.  Sample Variable-Length Integer Decoding
   A.2.  Sample Packet Number Encoding Algorithm
   A.3.  Sample Packet Number Decoding Algorithm
   A.4.  Sample ECN Validation Algorithm
 Contributors
 Authors' Addresses

1. Overview

 QUIC is a secure general-purpose transport protocol.  This document
 defines version 1 of QUIC, which conforms to the version-independent
 properties of QUIC defined in [QUIC-INVARIANTS].
 QUIC is a connection-oriented protocol that creates a stateful
 interaction between a client and server.
 The QUIC handshake combines negotiation of cryptographic and
 transport parameters.  QUIC integrates the TLS handshake [TLS13],
 although using a customized framing for protecting packets.  The
 integration of TLS and QUIC is described in more detail in
 [QUIC-TLS].  The handshake is structured to permit the exchange of
 application data as soon as possible.  This includes an option for
 clients to send data immediately (0-RTT), which requires some form of
 prior communication or configuration to enable.
 Endpoints communicate in QUIC by exchanging QUIC packets.  Most
 packets contain frames, which carry control information and
 application data between endpoints.  QUIC authenticates the entirety
 of each packet and encrypts as much of each packet as is practical.
 QUIC packets are carried in UDP datagrams [UDP] to better facilitate
 deployment in existing systems and networks.
 Application protocols exchange information over a QUIC connection via
 streams, which are ordered sequences of bytes.  Two types of streams
 can be created: bidirectional streams, which allow both endpoints to
 send data; and unidirectional streams, which allow a single endpoint
 to send data.  A credit-based scheme is used to limit stream creation
 and to bound the amount of data that can be sent.
 QUIC provides the necessary feedback to implement reliable delivery
 and congestion control.  An algorithm for detecting and recovering
 from loss of data is described in Section 6 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].  QUIC
 depends on congestion control to avoid network congestion.  An
 exemplary congestion control algorithm is described in Section 7 of
 [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 QUIC connections are not strictly bound to a single network path.
 Connection migration uses connection identifiers to allow connections
 to transfer to a new network path.  Only clients are able to migrate
 in this version of QUIC.  This design also allows connections to
 continue after changes in network topology or address mappings, such
 as might be caused by NAT rebinding.
 Once established, multiple options are provided for connection
 termination.  Applications can manage a graceful shutdown, endpoints
 can negotiate a timeout period, errors can cause immediate connection
 teardown, and a stateless mechanism provides for termination of
 connections after one endpoint has lost state.

1.1. Document Structure

 This document describes the core QUIC protocol and is structured as
 follows:
  • Streams are the basic service abstraction that QUIC provides.
  1. Section 2 describes core concepts related to streams,
  1. Section 3 provides a reference model for stream states, and
  1. Section 4 outlines the operation of flow control.
  • Connections are the context in which QUIC endpoints communicate.
  1. Section 5 describes core concepts related to connections,
  1. Section 6 describes version negotiation,
  1. Section 7 details the process for establishing connections,
  1. Section 8 describes address validation and critical denial-of-

service mitigations,

  1. Section 9 describes how endpoints migrate a connection to a new

network path,

  1. Section 10 lists the options for terminating an open

connection, and

  1. Section 11 provides guidance for stream and connection error

handling.

  • Packets and frames are the basic unit used by QUIC to communicate.
  1. Section 12 describes concepts related to packets and frames,
  1. Section 13 defines models for the transmission, retransmission,

and acknowledgment of data, and

  1. Section 14 specifies rules for managing the size of datagrams

carrying QUIC packets.

  • Finally, encoding details of QUIC protocol elements are described

in:

  1. Section 15 (versions),
  1. Section 16 (integer encoding),
  1. Section 17 (packet headers),
  1. Section 18 (transport parameters),
  1. Section 19 (frames), and
  1. Section 20 (errors).
 Accompanying documents describe QUIC's loss detection and congestion
 control [QUIC-RECOVERY], and the use of TLS and other cryptographic
 mechanisms [QUIC-TLS].
 This document defines QUIC version 1, which conforms to the protocol
 invariants in [QUIC-INVARIANTS].
 To refer to QUIC version 1, cite this document.  References to the
 limited set of version-independent properties of QUIC can cite
 [QUIC-INVARIANTS].

1.2. Terms and Definitions

 The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
 "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "NOT RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and
 "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as described in BCP
 14 [RFC2119] [RFC8174] when, and only when, they appear in all
 capitals, as shown here.
 Commonly used terms in this document are described below.
 QUIC:  The transport protocol described by this document.  QUIC is a
    name, not an acronym.
 Endpoint:  An entity that can participate in a QUIC connection by
    generating, receiving, and processing QUIC packets.  There are
    only two types of endpoints in QUIC: client and server.
 Client:  The endpoint that initiates a QUIC connection.
 Server:  The endpoint that accepts a QUIC connection.
 QUIC packet:  A complete processable unit of QUIC that can be
    encapsulated in a UDP datagram.  One or more QUIC packets can be
    encapsulated in a single UDP datagram.
 Ack-eliciting packet:  A QUIC packet that contains frames other than
    ACK, PADDING, and CONNECTION_CLOSE.  These cause a recipient to
    send an acknowledgment; see Section 13.2.1.
 Frame:  A unit of structured protocol information.  There are
    multiple frame types, each of which carries different information.
    Frames are contained in QUIC packets.
 Address:  When used without qualification, the tuple of IP version,
    IP address, and UDP port number that represents one end of a
    network path.
 Connection ID:  An identifier that is used to identify a QUIC
    connection at an endpoint.  Each endpoint selects one or more
    connection IDs for its peer to include in packets sent towards the
    endpoint.  This value is opaque to the peer.
 Stream:  A unidirectional or bidirectional channel of ordered bytes
    within a QUIC connection.  A QUIC connection can carry multiple
    simultaneous streams.
 Application:  An entity that uses QUIC to send and receive data.
 This document uses the terms "QUIC packets", "UDP datagrams", and "IP
 packets" to refer to the units of the respective protocols.  That is,
 one or more QUIC packets can be encapsulated in a UDP datagram, which
 is in turn encapsulated in an IP packet.

1.3. Notational Conventions

 Packet and frame diagrams in this document use a custom format.  The
 purpose of this format is to summarize, not define, protocol
 elements.  Prose defines the complete semantics and details of
 structures.
 Complex fields are named and then followed by a list of fields
 surrounded by a pair of matching braces.  Each field in this list is
 separated by commas.
 Individual fields include length information, plus indications about
 fixed value, optionality, or repetitions.  Individual fields use the
 following notational conventions, with all lengths in bits:
 x (A):  Indicates that x is A bits long
 x (i):  Indicates that x holds an integer value using the variable-
    length encoding described in Section 16
 x (A..B):  Indicates that x can be any length from A to B; A can be
    omitted to indicate a minimum of zero bits, and B can be omitted
    to indicate no set upper limit; values in this format always end
    on a byte boundary
 x (L) = C:  Indicates that x has a fixed value of C; the length of x
    is described by L, which can use any of the length forms above
 x (L) = C..D:  Indicates that x has a value in the range from C to D,
    inclusive, with the length described by L, as above
 [x (L)]:  Indicates that x is optional and has a length of L
 x (L) ...:  Indicates that x is repeated zero or more times and that
    each instance has a length of L
 This document uses network byte order (that is, big endian) values.
 Fields are placed starting from the high-order bits of each byte.
 By convention, individual fields reference a complex field by using
 the name of the complex field.
 Figure 1 provides an example:
 Example Structure {
   One-bit Field (1),
   7-bit Field with Fixed Value (7) = 61,
   Field with Variable-Length Integer (i),
   Arbitrary-Length Field (..),
   Variable-Length Field (8..24),
   Field With Minimum Length (16..),
   Field With Maximum Length (..128),
   [Optional Field (64)],
   Repeated Field (8) ...,
 }
                        Figure 1: Example Format
 When a single-bit field is referenced in prose, the position of that
 field can be clarified by using the value of the byte that carries
 the field with the field's value set.  For example, the value 0x80
 could be used to refer to the single-bit field in the most
 significant bit of the byte, such as One-bit Field in Figure 1.

2. Streams

 Streams in QUIC provide a lightweight, ordered byte-stream
 abstraction to an application.  Streams can be unidirectional or
 bidirectional.
 Streams can be created by sending data.  Other processes associated
 with stream management -- ending, canceling, and managing flow
 control -- are all designed to impose minimal overheads.  For
 instance, a single STREAM frame (Section 19.8) can open, carry data
 for, and close a stream.  Streams can also be long-lived and can last
 the entire duration of a connection.
 Streams can be created by either endpoint, can concurrently send data
 interleaved with other streams, and can be canceled.  QUIC does not
 provide any means of ensuring ordering between bytes on different
 streams.
 QUIC allows for an arbitrary number of streams to operate
 concurrently and for an arbitrary amount of data to be sent on any
 stream, subject to flow control constraints and stream limits; see
 Section 4.

2.1. Stream Types and Identifiers

 Streams can be unidirectional or bidirectional.  Unidirectional
 streams carry data in one direction: from the initiator of the stream
 to its peer.  Bidirectional streams allow for data to be sent in both
 directions.
 Streams are identified within a connection by a numeric value,
 referred to as the stream ID.  A stream ID is a 62-bit integer (0 to
 2^62-1) that is unique for all streams on a connection.  Stream IDs
 are encoded as variable-length integers; see Section 16.  A QUIC
 endpoint MUST NOT reuse a stream ID within a connection.
 The least significant bit (0x01) of the stream ID identifies the
 initiator of the stream.  Client-initiated streams have even-numbered
 stream IDs (with the bit set to 0), and server-initiated streams have
 odd-numbered stream IDs (with the bit set to 1).
 The second least significant bit (0x02) of the stream ID
 distinguishes between bidirectional streams (with the bit set to 0)
 and unidirectional streams (with the bit set to 1).
 The two least significant bits from a stream ID therefore identify a
 stream as one of four types, as summarized in Table 1.
              +======+==================================+
              | Bits | Stream Type                      |
              +======+==================================+
              | 0x00 | Client-Initiated, Bidirectional  |
              +------+----------------------------------+
              | 0x01 | Server-Initiated, Bidirectional  |
              +------+----------------------------------+
              | 0x02 | Client-Initiated, Unidirectional |
              +------+----------------------------------+
              | 0x03 | Server-Initiated, Unidirectional |
              +------+----------------------------------+
                        Table 1: Stream ID Types
 The stream space for each type begins at the minimum value (0x00
 through 0x03, respectively); successive streams of each type are
 created with numerically increasing stream IDs.  A stream ID that is
 used out of order results in all streams of that type with lower-
 numbered stream IDs also being opened.

2.2. Sending and Receiving Data

 STREAM frames (Section 19.8) encapsulate data sent by an application.
 An endpoint uses the Stream ID and Offset fields in STREAM frames to
 place data in order.
 Endpoints MUST be able to deliver stream data to an application as an
 ordered byte stream.  Delivering an ordered byte stream requires that
 an endpoint buffer any data that is received out of order, up to the
 advertised flow control limit.
 QUIC makes no specific allowances for delivery of stream data out of
 order.  However, implementations MAY choose to offer the ability to
 deliver data out of order to a receiving application.
 An endpoint could receive data for a stream at the same stream offset
 multiple times.  Data that has already been received can be
 discarded.  The data at a given offset MUST NOT change if it is sent
 multiple times; an endpoint MAY treat receipt of different data at
 the same offset within a stream as a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 Streams are an ordered byte-stream abstraction with no other
 structure visible to QUIC.  STREAM frame boundaries are not expected
 to be preserved when data is transmitted, retransmitted after packet
 loss, or delivered to the application at a receiver.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send data on any stream without ensuring that it
 is within the flow control limits set by its peer.  Flow control is
 described in detail in Section 4.

2.3. Stream Prioritization

 Stream multiplexing can have a significant effect on application
 performance if resources allocated to streams are correctly
 prioritized.
 QUIC does not provide a mechanism for exchanging prioritization
 information.  Instead, it relies on receiving priority information
 from the application.
 A QUIC implementation SHOULD provide ways in which an application can
 indicate the relative priority of streams.  An implementation uses
 information provided by the application to determine how to allocate
 resources to active streams.

2.4. Operations on Streams

 This document does not define an API for QUIC; it instead defines a
 set of functions on streams that application protocols can rely upon.
 An application protocol can assume that a QUIC implementation
 provides an interface that includes the operations described in this
 section.  An implementation designed for use with a specific
 application protocol might provide only those operations that are
 used by that protocol.
 On the sending part of a stream, an application protocol can:
  • write data, understanding when stream flow control credit

(Section 4.1) has successfully been reserved to send the written

    data;
  • end the stream (clean termination), resulting in a STREAM frame

(Section 19.8) with the FIN bit set; and

  • reset the stream (abrupt termination), resulting in a RESET_STREAM

frame (Section 19.4) if the stream was not already in a terminal

    state.
 On the receiving part of a stream, an application protocol can:
  • read data; and
  • abort reading of the stream and request closure, possibly

resulting in a STOP_SENDING frame (Section 19.5).

 An application protocol can also request to be informed of state
 changes on streams, including when the peer has opened or reset a
 stream, when a peer aborts reading on a stream, when new data is
 available, and when data can or cannot be written to the stream due
 to flow control.

3. Stream States

 This section describes streams in terms of their send or receive
 components.  Two state machines are described: one for the streams on
 which an endpoint transmits data (Section 3.1) and another for
 streams on which an endpoint receives data (Section 3.2).
 Unidirectional streams use either the sending or receiving state
 machine, depending on the stream type and endpoint role.
 Bidirectional streams use both state machines at both endpoints.  For
 the most part, the use of these state machines is the same whether
 the stream is unidirectional or bidirectional.  The conditions for
 opening a stream are slightly more complex for a bidirectional stream
 because the opening of either the send or receive side causes the
 stream to open in both directions.
 The state machines shown in this section are largely informative.
 This document uses stream states to describe rules for when and how
 different types of frames can be sent and the reactions that are
 expected when different types of frames are received.  Though these
 state machines are intended to be useful in implementing QUIC, these
 states are not intended to constrain implementations.  An
 implementation can define a different state machine as long as its
 behavior is consistent with an implementation that implements these
 states.
    |  Note: In some cases, a single event or action can cause a
    |  transition through multiple states.  For instance, sending
    |  STREAM with a FIN bit set can cause two state transitions for a
    |  sending stream: from the "Ready" state to the "Send" state, and
    |  from the "Send" state to the "Data Sent" state.

3.1. Sending Stream States

 Figure 2 shows the states for the part of a stream that sends data to
 a peer.
        o
        | Create Stream (Sending)
        | Peer Creates Bidirectional Stream
        v
    +-------+
    | Ready | Send RESET_STREAM
    |       |-----------------------.
    +-------+                       |
        |                           |
        | Send STREAM /             |
        |      STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED  |
        v                           |
    +-------+                       |
    | Send  | Send RESET_STREAM     |
    |       |---------------------->|
    +-------+                       |
        |                           |
        | Send STREAM + FIN         |
        v                           v
    +-------+                   +-------+
    | Data  | Send RESET_STREAM | Reset |
    | Sent  |------------------>| Sent  |
    +-------+                   +-------+
        |                           |
        | Recv All ACKs             | Recv ACK
        v                           v
    +-------+                   +-------+
    | Data  |                   | Reset |
    | Recvd |                   | Recvd |
    +-------+                   +-------+
             Figure 2: States for Sending Parts of Streams
 The sending part of a stream that the endpoint initiates (types 0 and
 2 for clients, 1 and 3 for servers) is opened by the application.
 The "Ready" state represents a newly created stream that is able to
 accept data from the application.  Stream data might be buffered in
 this state in preparation for sending.
 Sending the first STREAM or STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frame causes a
 sending part of a stream to enter the "Send" state.  An
 implementation might choose to defer allocating a stream ID to a
 stream until it sends the first STREAM frame and enters this state,
 which can allow for better stream prioritization.
 The sending part of a bidirectional stream initiated by a peer (type
 0 for a server, type 1 for a client) starts in the "Ready" state when
 the receiving part is created.
 In the "Send" state, an endpoint transmits -- and retransmits as
 necessary -- stream data in STREAM frames.  The endpoint respects the
 flow control limits set by its peer and continues to accept and
 process MAX_STREAM_DATA frames.  An endpoint in the "Send" state
 generates STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames if it is blocked from sending by
 stream flow control limits (Section 4.1).
 After the application indicates that all stream data has been sent
 and a STREAM frame containing the FIN bit is sent, the sending part
 of the stream enters the "Data Sent" state.  From this state, the
 endpoint only retransmits stream data as necessary.  The endpoint
 does not need to check flow control limits or send
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames for a stream in this state.
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frames might be received until the peer receives the
 final stream offset.  The endpoint can safely ignore any
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frames it receives from its peer for a stream in this
 state.
 Once all stream data has been successfully acknowledged, the sending
 part of the stream enters the "Data Recvd" state, which is a terminal
 state.
 From any state that is one of "Ready", "Send", or "Data Sent", an
 application can signal that it wishes to abandon transmission of
 stream data.  Alternatively, an endpoint might receive a STOP_SENDING
 frame from its peer.  In either case, the endpoint sends a
 RESET_STREAM frame, which causes the stream to enter the "Reset Sent"
 state.
 An endpoint MAY send a RESET_STREAM as the first frame that mentions
 a stream; this causes the sending part of that stream to open and
 then immediately transition to the "Reset Sent" state.
 Once a packet containing a RESET_STREAM has been acknowledged, the
 sending part of the stream enters the "Reset Recvd" state, which is a
 terminal state.

3.2. Receiving Stream States

 Figure 3 shows the states for the part of a stream that receives data
 from a peer.  The states for a receiving part of a stream mirror only
 some of the states of the sending part of the stream at the peer.
 The receiving part of a stream does not track states on the sending
 part that cannot be observed, such as the "Ready" state.  Instead,
 the receiving part of a stream tracks the delivery of data to the
 application, some of which cannot be observed by the sender.
        o
        | Recv STREAM / STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED / RESET_STREAM
        | Create Bidirectional Stream (Sending)
        | Recv MAX_STREAM_DATA / STOP_SENDING (Bidirectional)
        | Create Higher-Numbered Stream
        v
    +-------+
    | Recv  | Recv RESET_STREAM
    |       |-----------------------.
    +-------+                       |
        |                           |
        | Recv STREAM + FIN         |
        v                           |
    +-------+                       |
    | Size  | Recv RESET_STREAM     |
    | Known |---------------------->|
    +-------+                       |
        |                           |
        | Recv All Data             |
        v                           v
    +-------+ Recv RESET_STREAM +-------+
    | Data  |--- (optional) --->| Reset |
    | Recvd |  Recv All Data    | Recvd |
    +-------+<-- (optional) ----+-------+
        |                           |
        | App Read All Data         | App Read Reset
        v                           v
    +-------+                   +-------+
    | Data  |                   | Reset |
    | Read  |                   | Read  |
    +-------+                   +-------+
            Figure 3: States for Receiving Parts of Streams
 The receiving part of a stream initiated by a peer (types 1 and 3 for
 a client, or 0 and 2 for a server) is created when the first STREAM,
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED, or RESET_STREAM frame is received for that
 stream.  For bidirectional streams initiated by a peer, receipt of a
 MAX_STREAM_DATA or STOP_SENDING frame for the sending part of the
 stream also creates the receiving part.  The initial state for the
 receiving part of a stream is "Recv".
 For a bidirectional stream, the receiving part enters the "Recv"
 state when the sending part initiated by the endpoint (type 0 for a
 client, type 1 for a server) enters the "Ready" state.
 An endpoint opens a bidirectional stream when a MAX_STREAM_DATA or
 STOP_SENDING frame is received from the peer for that stream.
 Receiving a MAX_STREAM_DATA frame for an unopened stream indicates
 that the remote peer has opened the stream and is providing flow
 control credit.  Receiving a STOP_SENDING frame for an unopened
 stream indicates that the remote peer no longer wishes to receive
 data on this stream.  Either frame might arrive before a STREAM or
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frame if packets are lost or reordered.
 Before a stream is created, all streams of the same type with lower-
 numbered stream IDs MUST be created.  This ensures that the creation
 order for streams is consistent on both endpoints.
 In the "Recv" state, the endpoint receives STREAM and
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames.  Incoming data is buffered and can be
 reassembled into the correct order for delivery to the application.
 As data is consumed by the application and buffer space becomes
 available, the endpoint sends MAX_STREAM_DATA frames to allow the
 peer to send more data.
 When a STREAM frame with a FIN bit is received, the final size of the
 stream is known; see Section 4.5.  The receiving part of the stream
 then enters the "Size Known" state.  In this state, the endpoint no
 longer needs to send MAX_STREAM_DATA frames; it only receives any
 retransmissions of stream data.
 Once all data for the stream has been received, the receiving part
 enters the "Data Recvd" state.  This might happen as a result of
 receiving the same STREAM frame that causes the transition to "Size
 Known".  After all data has been received, any STREAM or
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames for the stream can be discarded.
 The "Data Recvd" state persists until stream data has been delivered
 to the application.  Once stream data has been delivered, the stream
 enters the "Data Read" state, which is a terminal state.
 Receiving a RESET_STREAM frame in the "Recv" or "Size Known" state
 causes the stream to enter the "Reset Recvd" state.  This might cause
 the delivery of stream data to the application to be interrupted.
 It is possible that all stream data has already been received when a
 RESET_STREAM is received (that is, in the "Data Recvd" state).
 Similarly, it is possible for remaining stream data to arrive after
 receiving a RESET_STREAM frame (the "Reset Recvd" state).  An
 implementation is free to manage this situation as it chooses.
 Sending a RESET_STREAM means that an endpoint cannot guarantee
 delivery of stream data; however, there is no requirement that stream
 data not be delivered if a RESET_STREAM is received.  An
 implementation MAY interrupt delivery of stream data, discard any
 data that was not consumed, and signal the receipt of the
 RESET_STREAM.  A RESET_STREAM signal might be suppressed or withheld
 if stream data is completely received and is buffered to be read by
 the application.  If the RESET_STREAM is suppressed, the receiving
 part of the stream remains in "Data Recvd".
 Once the application receives the signal indicating that the stream
 was reset, the receiving part of the stream transitions to the "Reset
 Read" state, which is a terminal state.

3.3. Permitted Frame Types

 The sender of a stream sends just three frame types that affect the
 state of a stream at either the sender or the receiver: STREAM
 (Section 19.8), STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED (Section 19.13), and RESET_STREAM
 (Section 19.4).
 A sender MUST NOT send any of these frames from a terminal state
 ("Data Recvd" or "Reset Recvd").  A sender MUST NOT send a STREAM or
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frame for a stream in the "Reset Sent" state or
 any terminal state -- that is, after sending a RESET_STREAM frame.  A
 receiver could receive any of these three frames in any state, due to
 the possibility of delayed delivery of packets carrying them.
 The receiver of a stream sends MAX_STREAM_DATA frames (Section 19.10)
 and STOP_SENDING frames (Section 19.5).
 The receiver only sends MAX_STREAM_DATA frames in the "Recv" state.
 A receiver MAY send a STOP_SENDING frame in any state where it has
 not received a RESET_STREAM frame -- that is, states other than
 "Reset Recvd" or "Reset Read".  However, there is little value in
 sending a STOP_SENDING frame in the "Data Recvd" state, as all stream
 data has been received.  A sender could receive either of these two
 types of frames in any state as a result of delayed delivery of
 packets.

3.4. Bidirectional Stream States

 A bidirectional stream is composed of sending and receiving parts.
 Implementations can represent states of the bidirectional stream as
 composites of sending and receiving stream states.  The simplest
 model presents the stream as "open" when either sending or receiving
 parts are in a non-terminal state and "closed" when both sending and
 receiving streams are in terminal states.
 Table 2 shows a more complex mapping of bidirectional stream states
 that loosely correspond to the stream states defined in HTTP/2
 [HTTP2].  This shows that multiple states on sending or receiving
 parts of streams are mapped to the same composite state.  Note that
 this is just one possibility for such a mapping; this mapping
 requires that data be acknowledged before the transition to a
 "closed" or "half-closed" state.
    +===================+=======================+=================+
    | Sending Part      | Receiving Part        | Composite State |
    +===================+=======================+=================+
    | No Stream / Ready | No Stream / Recv (*1) | idle            |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Ready / Send /    | Recv / Size Known     | open            |
    | Data Sent         |                       |                 |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Ready / Send /    | Data Recvd / Data     | half-closed     |
    | Data Sent         | Read                  | (remote)        |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Ready / Send /    | Reset Recvd / Reset   | half-closed     |
    | Data Sent         | Read                  | (remote)        |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Data Recvd        | Recv / Size Known     | half-closed     |
    |                   |                       | (local)         |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Reset Sent /      | Recv / Size Known     | half-closed     |
    | Reset Recvd       |                       | (local)         |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Reset Sent /      | Data Recvd / Data     | closed          |
    | Reset Recvd       | Read                  |                 |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Reset Sent /      | Reset Recvd / Reset   | closed          |
    | Reset Recvd       | Read                  |                 |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Data Recvd        | Data Recvd / Data     | closed          |
    |                   | Read                  |                 |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
    | Data Recvd        | Reset Recvd / Reset   | closed          |
    |                   | Read                  |                 |
    +-------------------+-----------------------+-----------------+
          Table 2: Possible Mapping of Stream States to HTTP/2
    |  Note (*1): A stream is considered "idle" if it has not yet been
    |  created or if the receiving part of the stream is in the "Recv"
    |  state without yet having received any frames.

3.5. Solicited State Transitions

 If an application is no longer interested in the data it is receiving
 on a stream, it can abort reading the stream and specify an
 application error code.
 If the stream is in the "Recv" or "Size Known" state, the transport
 SHOULD signal this by sending a STOP_SENDING frame to prompt closure
 of the stream in the opposite direction.  This typically indicates
 that the receiving application is no longer reading data it receives
 from the stream, but it is not a guarantee that incoming data will be
 ignored.
 STREAM frames received after sending a STOP_SENDING frame are still
 counted toward connection and stream flow control, even though these
 frames can be discarded upon receipt.
 A STOP_SENDING frame requests that the receiving endpoint send a
 RESET_STREAM frame.  An endpoint that receives a STOP_SENDING frame
 MUST send a RESET_STREAM frame if the stream is in the "Ready" or
 "Send" state.  If the stream is in the "Data Sent" state, the
 endpoint MAY defer sending the RESET_STREAM frame until the packets
 containing outstanding data are acknowledged or declared lost.  If
 any outstanding data is declared lost, the endpoint SHOULD send a
 RESET_STREAM frame instead of retransmitting the data.
 An endpoint SHOULD copy the error code from the STOP_SENDING frame to
 the RESET_STREAM frame it sends, but it can use any application error
 code.  An endpoint that sends a STOP_SENDING frame MAY ignore the
 error code in any RESET_STREAM frames subsequently received for that
 stream.
 STOP_SENDING SHOULD only be sent for a stream that has not been reset
 by the peer.  STOP_SENDING is most useful for streams in the "Recv"
 or "Size Known" state.
 An endpoint is expected to send another STOP_SENDING frame if a
 packet containing a previous STOP_SENDING is lost.  However, once
 either all stream data or a RESET_STREAM frame has been received for
 the stream -- that is, the stream is in any state other than "Recv"
 or "Size Known" -- sending a STOP_SENDING frame is unnecessary.
 An endpoint that wishes to terminate both directions of a
 bidirectional stream can terminate one direction by sending a
 RESET_STREAM frame, and it can encourage prompt termination in the
 opposite direction by sending a STOP_SENDING frame.

4. Flow Control

 Receivers need to limit the amount of data that they are required to
 buffer, in order to prevent a fast sender from overwhelming them or a
 malicious sender from consuming a large amount of memory.  To enable
 a receiver to limit memory commitments for a connection, streams are
 flow controlled both individually and across a connection as a whole.
 A QUIC receiver controls the maximum amount of data the sender can
 send on a stream as well as across all streams at any time, as
 described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2.
 Similarly, to limit concurrency within a connection, a QUIC endpoint
 controls the maximum cumulative number of streams that its peer can
 initiate, as described in Section 4.6.
 Data sent in CRYPTO frames is not flow controlled in the same way as
 stream data.  QUIC relies on the cryptographic protocol
 implementation to avoid excessive buffering of data; see [QUIC-TLS].
 To avoid excessive buffering at multiple layers, QUIC implementations
 SHOULD provide an interface for the cryptographic protocol
 implementation to communicate its buffering limits.

4.1. Data Flow Control

 QUIC employs a limit-based flow control scheme where a receiver
 advertises the limit of total bytes it is prepared to receive on a
 given stream or for the entire connection.  This leads to two levels
 of data flow control in QUIC:
  • Stream flow control, which prevents a single stream from consuming

the entire receive buffer for a connection by limiting the amount

    of data that can be sent on each stream.
  • Connection flow control, which prevents senders from exceeding a

receiver's buffer capacity for the connection by limiting the

    total bytes of stream data sent in STREAM frames on all streams.
 Senders MUST NOT send data in excess of either limit.
 A receiver sets initial limits for all streams through transport
 parameters during the handshake (Section 7.4).  Subsequently, a
 receiver sends MAX_STREAM_DATA frames (Section 19.10) or MAX_DATA
 frames (Section 19.9) to the sender to advertise larger limits.
 A receiver can advertise a larger limit for a stream by sending a
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frame with the corresponding stream ID.  A
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frame indicates the maximum absolute byte offset of a
 stream.  A receiver could determine the flow control offset to be
 advertised based on the current offset of data consumed on that
 stream.
 A receiver can advertise a larger limit for a connection by sending a
 MAX_DATA frame, which indicates the maximum of the sum of the
 absolute byte offsets of all streams.  A receiver maintains a
 cumulative sum of bytes received on all streams, which is used to
 check for violations of the advertised connection or stream data
 limits.  A receiver could determine the maximum data limit to be
 advertised based on the sum of bytes consumed on all streams.
 Once a receiver advertises a limit for the connection or a stream, it
 is not an error to advertise a smaller limit, but the smaller limit
 has no effect.
 A receiver MUST close the connection with an error of type
 FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR if the sender violates the advertised connection
 or stream data limits; see Section 11 for details on error handling.
 A sender MUST ignore any MAX_STREAM_DATA or MAX_DATA frames that do
 not increase flow control limits.
 If a sender has sent data up to the limit, it will be unable to send
 new data and is considered blocked.  A sender SHOULD send a
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED or DATA_BLOCKED frame to indicate to the receiver
 that it has data to write but is blocked by flow control limits.  If
 a sender is blocked for a period longer than the idle timeout
 (Section 10.1), the receiver might close the connection even when the
 sender has data that is available for transmission.  To keep the
 connection from closing, a sender that is flow control limited SHOULD
 periodically send a STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED or DATA_BLOCKED frame when it
 has no ack-eliciting packets in flight.

4.2. Increasing Flow Control Limits

 Implementations decide when and how much credit to advertise in
 MAX_STREAM_DATA and MAX_DATA frames, but this section offers a few
 considerations.
 To avoid blocking a sender, a receiver MAY send a MAX_STREAM_DATA or
 MAX_DATA frame multiple times within a round trip or send it early
 enough to allow time for loss of the frame and subsequent recovery.
 Control frames contribute to connection overhead.  Therefore,
 frequently sending MAX_STREAM_DATA and MAX_DATA frames with small
 changes is undesirable.  On the other hand, if updates are less
 frequent, larger increments to limits are necessary to avoid blocking
 a sender, requiring larger resource commitments at the receiver.
 There is a trade-off between resource commitment and overhead when
 determining how large a limit is advertised.
 A receiver can use an autotuning mechanism to tune the frequency and
 amount of advertised additional credit based on a round-trip time
 estimate and the rate at which the receiving application consumes
 data, similar to common TCP implementations.  As an optimization, an
 endpoint could send frames related to flow control only when there
 are other frames to send, ensuring that flow control does not cause
 extra packets to be sent.
 A blocked sender is not required to send STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED or
 DATA_BLOCKED frames.  Therefore, a receiver MUST NOT wait for a
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED or DATA_BLOCKED frame before sending a
 MAX_STREAM_DATA or MAX_DATA frame; doing so could result in the
 sender being blocked for the rest of the connection.  Even if the
 sender sends these frames, waiting for them will result in the sender
 being blocked for at least an entire round trip.
 When a sender receives credit after being blocked, it might be able
 to send a large amount of data in response, resulting in short-term
 congestion; see Section 7.7 of [QUIC-RECOVERY] for a discussion of
 how a sender can avoid this congestion.

4.3. Flow Control Performance

 If an endpoint cannot ensure that its peer always has available flow
 control credit that is greater than the peer's bandwidth-delay
 product on this connection, its receive throughput will be limited by
 flow control.
 Packet loss can cause gaps in the receive buffer, preventing the
 application from consuming data and freeing up receive buffer space.
 Sending timely updates of flow control limits can improve
 performance.  Sending packets only to provide flow control updates
 can increase network load and adversely affect performance.  Sending
 flow control updates along with other frames, such as ACK frames,
 reduces the cost of those updates.

4.4. Handling Stream Cancellation

 Endpoints need to eventually agree on the amount of flow control
 credit that has been consumed on every stream, to be able to account
 for all bytes for connection-level flow control.
 On receipt of a RESET_STREAM frame, an endpoint will tear down state
 for the matching stream and ignore further data arriving on that
 stream.
 RESET_STREAM terminates one direction of a stream abruptly.  For a
 bidirectional stream, RESET_STREAM has no effect on data flow in the
 opposite direction.  Both endpoints MUST maintain flow control state
 for the stream in the unterminated direction until that direction
 enters a terminal state.

4.5. Stream Final Size

 The final size is the amount of flow control credit that is consumed
 by a stream.  Assuming that every contiguous byte on the stream was
 sent once, the final size is the number of bytes sent.  More
 generally, this is one higher than the offset of the byte with the
 largest offset sent on the stream, or zero if no bytes were sent.
 A sender always communicates the final size of a stream to the
 receiver reliably, no matter how the stream is terminated.  The final
 size is the sum of the Offset and Length fields of a STREAM frame
 with a FIN flag, noting that these fields might be implicit.
 Alternatively, the Final Size field of a RESET_STREAM frame carries
 this value.  This guarantees that both endpoints agree on how much
 flow control credit was consumed by the sender on that stream.
 An endpoint will know the final size for a stream when the receiving
 part of the stream enters the "Size Known" or "Reset Recvd" state
 (Section 3).  The receiver MUST use the final size of the stream to
 account for all bytes sent on the stream in its connection-level flow
 controller.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send data on a stream at or beyond the final
 size.
 Once a final size for a stream is known, it cannot change.  If a
 RESET_STREAM or STREAM frame is received indicating a change in the
 final size for the stream, an endpoint SHOULD respond with an error
 of type FINAL_SIZE_ERROR; see Section 11 for details on error
 handling.  A receiver SHOULD treat receipt of data at or beyond the
 final size as an error of type FINAL_SIZE_ERROR, even after a stream
 is closed.  Generating these errors is not mandatory, because
 requiring that an endpoint generate these errors also means that the
 endpoint needs to maintain the final size state for closed streams,
 which could mean a significant state commitment.

4.6. Controlling Concurrency

 An endpoint limits the cumulative number of incoming streams a peer
 can open.  Only streams with a stream ID less than "(max_streams * 4
 + first_stream_id_of_type)" can be opened; see Table 1.  Initial
 limits are set in the transport parameters; see Section 18.2.
 Subsequent limits are advertised using MAX_STREAMS frames; see
 Section 19.11.  Separate limits apply to unidirectional and
 bidirectional streams.
 If a max_streams transport parameter or a MAX_STREAMS frame is
 received with a value greater than 2^60, this would allow a maximum
 stream ID that cannot be expressed as a variable-length integer; see
 Section 16.  If either is received, the connection MUST be closed
 immediately with a connection error of type TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR
 if the offending value was received in a transport parameter or of
 type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR if it was received in a frame; see
 Section 10.2.
 Endpoints MUST NOT exceed the limit set by their peer.  An endpoint
 that receives a frame with a stream ID exceeding the limit it has
 sent MUST treat this as a connection error of type
 STREAM_LIMIT_ERROR; see Section 11 for details on error handling.
 Once a receiver advertises a stream limit using the MAX_STREAMS
 frame, advertising a smaller limit has no effect.  MAX_STREAMS frames
 that do not increase the stream limit MUST be ignored.
 As with stream and connection flow control, this document leaves
 implementations to decide when and how many streams should be
 advertised to a peer via MAX_STREAMS.  Implementations might choose
 to increase limits as streams are closed, to keep the number of
 streams available to peers roughly consistent.
 An endpoint that is unable to open a new stream due to the peer's
 limits SHOULD send a STREAMS_BLOCKED frame (Section 19.14).  This
 signal is considered useful for debugging.  An endpoint MUST NOT wait
 to receive this signal before advertising additional credit, since
 doing so will mean that the peer will be blocked for at least an
 entire round trip, and potentially indefinitely if the peer chooses
 not to send STREAMS_BLOCKED frames.

5. Connections

 A QUIC connection is shared state between a client and a server.
 Each connection starts with a handshake phase, during which the two
 endpoints establish a shared secret using the cryptographic handshake
 protocol [QUIC-TLS] and negotiate the application protocol.  The
 handshake (Section 7) confirms that both endpoints are willing to
 communicate (Section 8.1) and establishes parameters for the
 connection (Section 7.4).
 An application protocol can use the connection during the handshake
 phase with some limitations.  0-RTT allows application data to be
 sent by a client before receiving a response from the server.
 However, 0-RTT provides no protection against replay attacks; see
 Section 9.2 of [QUIC-TLS].  A server can also send application data
 to a client before it receives the final cryptographic handshake
 messages that allow it to confirm the identity and liveness of the
 client.  These capabilities allow an application protocol to offer
 the option of trading some security guarantees for reduced latency.
 The use of connection IDs (Section 5.1) allows connections to migrate
 to a new network path, both as a direct choice of an endpoint and
 when forced by a change in a middlebox.  Section 9 describes
 mitigations for the security and privacy issues associated with
 migration.
 For connections that are no longer needed or desired, there are
 several ways for a client and server to terminate a connection, as
 described in Section 10.

5.1. Connection ID

 Each connection possesses a set of connection identifiers, or
 connection IDs, each of which can identify the connection.
 Connection IDs are independently selected by endpoints; each endpoint
 selects the connection IDs that its peer uses.
 The primary function of a connection ID is to ensure that changes in
 addressing at lower protocol layers (UDP, IP) do not cause packets
 for a QUIC connection to be delivered to the wrong endpoint.  Each
 endpoint selects connection IDs using an implementation-specific (and
 perhaps deployment-specific) method that will allow packets with that
 connection ID to be routed back to the endpoint and to be identified
 by the endpoint upon receipt.
 Multiple connection IDs are used so that endpoints can send packets
 that cannot be identified by an observer as being for the same
 connection without cooperation from an endpoint; see Section 9.5.
 Connection IDs MUST NOT contain any information that can be used by
 an external observer (that is, one that does not cooperate with the
 issuer) to correlate them with other connection IDs for the same
 connection.  As a trivial example, this means the same connection ID
 MUST NOT be issued more than once on the same connection.
 Packets with long headers include Source Connection ID and
 Destination Connection ID fields.  These fields are used to set the
 connection IDs for new connections; see Section 7.2 for details.
 Packets with short headers (Section 17.3) only include the
 Destination Connection ID and omit the explicit length.  The length
 of the Destination Connection ID field is expected to be known to
 endpoints.  Endpoints using a load balancer that routes based on
 connection ID could agree with the load balancer on a fixed length
 for connection IDs or agree on an encoding scheme.  A fixed portion
 could encode an explicit length, which allows the entire connection
 ID to vary in length and still be used by the load balancer.
 A Version Negotiation (Section 17.2.1) packet echoes the connection
 IDs selected by the client, both to ensure correct routing toward the
 client and to demonstrate that the packet is in response to a packet
 sent by the client.
 A zero-length connection ID can be used when a connection ID is not
 needed to route to the correct endpoint.  However, multiplexing
 connections on the same local IP address and port while using zero-
 length connection IDs will cause failures in the presence of peer
 connection migration, NAT rebinding, and client port reuse.  An
 endpoint MUST NOT use the same IP address and port for multiple
 concurrent connections with zero-length connection IDs, unless it is
 certain that those protocol features are not in use.
 When an endpoint uses a non-zero-length connection ID, it needs to
 ensure that the peer has a supply of connection IDs from which to
 choose for packets sent to the endpoint.  These connection IDs are
 supplied by the endpoint using the NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame
 (Section 19.15).

5.1.1. Issuing Connection IDs

 Each connection ID has an associated sequence number to assist in
 detecting when NEW_CONNECTION_ID or RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames refer
 to the same value.  The initial connection ID issued by an endpoint
 is sent in the Source Connection ID field of the long packet header
 (Section 17.2) during the handshake.  The sequence number of the
 initial connection ID is 0.  If the preferred_address transport
 parameter is sent, the sequence number of the supplied connection ID
 is 1.
 Additional connection IDs are communicated to the peer using
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames (Section 19.15).  The sequence number on
 each newly issued connection ID MUST increase by 1.  The connection
 ID that a client selects for the first Destination Connection ID
 field it sends and any connection ID provided by a Retry packet are
 not assigned sequence numbers.
 When an endpoint issues a connection ID, it MUST accept packets that
 carry this connection ID for the duration of the connection or until
 its peer invalidates the connection ID via a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID
 frame (Section 19.16).  Connection IDs that are issued and not
 retired are considered active; any active connection ID is valid for
 use with the current connection at any time, in any packet type.
 This includes the connection ID issued by the server via the
 preferred_address transport parameter.
 An endpoint SHOULD ensure that its peer has a sufficient number of
 available and unused connection IDs.  Endpoints advertise the number
 of active connection IDs they are willing to maintain using the
 active_connection_id_limit transport parameter.  An endpoint MUST NOT
 provide more connection IDs than the peer's limit.  An endpoint MAY
 send connection IDs that temporarily exceed a peer's limit if the
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame also requires the retirement of any excess,
 by including a sufficiently large value in the Retire Prior To field.
 A NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame might cause an endpoint to add some active
 connection IDs and retire others based on the value of the Retire
 Prior To field.  After processing a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame and
 adding and retiring active connection IDs, if the number of active
 connection IDs exceeds the value advertised in its
 active_connection_id_limit transport parameter, an endpoint MUST
 close the connection with an error of type CONNECTION_ID_LIMIT_ERROR.
 An endpoint SHOULD supply a new connection ID when the peer retires a
 connection ID.  If an endpoint provided fewer connection IDs than the
 peer's active_connection_id_limit, it MAY supply a new connection ID
 when it receives a packet with a previously unused connection ID.  An
 endpoint MAY limit the total number of connection IDs issued for each
 connection to avoid the risk of running out of connection IDs; see
 Section 10.3.2.  An endpoint MAY also limit the issuance of
 connection IDs to reduce the amount of per-path state it maintains,
 such as path validation status, as its peer might interact with it
 over as many paths as there are issued connection IDs.
 An endpoint that initiates migration and requires non-zero-length
 connection IDs SHOULD ensure that the pool of connection IDs
 available to its peer allows the peer to use a new connection ID on
 migration, as the peer will be unable to respond if the pool is
 exhausted.
 An endpoint that selects a zero-length connection ID during the
 handshake cannot issue a new connection ID.  A zero-length
 Destination Connection ID field is used in all packets sent toward
 such an endpoint over any network path.

5.1.2. Consuming and Retiring Connection IDs

 An endpoint can change the connection ID it uses for a peer to
 another available one at any time during the connection.  An endpoint
 consumes connection IDs in response to a migrating peer; see
 Section 9.5 for more details.
 An endpoint maintains a set of connection IDs received from its peer,
 any of which it can use when sending packets.  When the endpoint
 wishes to remove a connection ID from use, it sends a
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame to its peer.  Sending a
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame indicates that the connection ID will not
 be used again and requests that the peer replace it with a new
 connection ID using a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame.
 As discussed in Section 9.5, endpoints limit the use of a connection
 ID to packets sent from a single local address to a single
 destination address.  Endpoints SHOULD retire connection IDs when
 they are no longer actively using either the local or destination
 address for which the connection ID was used.
 An endpoint might need to stop accepting previously issued connection
 IDs in certain circumstances.  Such an endpoint can cause its peer to
 retire connection IDs by sending a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame with an
 increased Retire Prior To field.  The endpoint SHOULD continue to
 accept the previously issued connection IDs until they are retired by
 the peer.  If the endpoint can no longer process the indicated
 connection IDs, it MAY close the connection.
 Upon receipt of an increased Retire Prior To field, the peer MUST
 stop using the corresponding connection IDs and retire them with
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames before adding the newly provided
 connection ID to the set of active connection IDs.  This ordering
 allows an endpoint to replace all active connection IDs without the
 possibility of a peer having no available connection IDs and without
 exceeding the limit the peer sets in the active_connection_id_limit
 transport parameter; see Section 18.2.  Failure to cease using the
 connection IDs when requested can result in connection failures, as
 the issuing endpoint might be unable to continue using the connection
 IDs with the active connection.
 An endpoint SHOULD limit the number of connection IDs it has retired
 locally for which RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames have not yet been
 acknowledged.  An endpoint SHOULD allow for sending and tracking a
 number of RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames of at least twice the value of
 the active_connection_id_limit transport parameter.  An endpoint MUST
 NOT forget a connection ID without retiring it, though it MAY choose
 to treat having connection IDs in need of retirement that exceed this
 limit as a connection error of type CONNECTION_ID_LIMIT_ERROR.
 Endpoints SHOULD NOT issue updates of the Retire Prior To field
 before receiving RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames that retire all
 connection IDs indicated by the previous Retire Prior To value.

5.2. Matching Packets to Connections

 Incoming packets are classified on receipt.  Packets can either be
 associated with an existing connection or -- for servers --
 potentially create a new connection.
 Endpoints try to associate a packet with an existing connection.  If
 the packet has a non-zero-length Destination Connection ID
 corresponding to an existing connection, QUIC processes that packet
 accordingly.  Note that more than one connection ID can be associated
 with a connection; see Section 5.1.
 If the Destination Connection ID is zero length and the addressing
 information in the packet matches the addressing information the
 endpoint uses to identify a connection with a zero-length connection
 ID, QUIC processes the packet as part of that connection.  An
 endpoint can use just destination IP and port or both source and
 destination addresses for identification, though this makes
 connections fragile as described in Section 5.1.
 Endpoints can send a Stateless Reset (Section 10.3) for any packets
 that cannot be attributed to an existing connection.  A Stateless
 Reset allows a peer to more quickly identify when a connection
 becomes unusable.
 Packets that are matched to an existing connection are discarded if
 the packets are inconsistent with the state of that connection.  For
 example, packets are discarded if they indicate a different protocol
 version than that of the connection or if the removal of packet
 protection is unsuccessful once the expected keys are available.
 Invalid packets that lack strong integrity protection, such as
 Initial, Retry, or Version Negotiation, MAY be discarded.  An
 endpoint MUST generate a connection error if processing the contents
 of these packets prior to discovering an error, or fully revert any
 changes made during that processing.

5.2.1. Client Packet Handling

 Valid packets sent to clients always include a Destination Connection
 ID that matches a value the client selects.  Clients that choose to
 receive zero-length connection IDs can use the local address and port
 to identify a connection.  Packets that do not match an existing
 connection -- based on Destination Connection ID or, if this value is
 zero length, local IP address and port -- are discarded.
 Due to packet reordering or loss, a client might receive packets for
 a connection that are encrypted with a key it has not yet computed.
 The client MAY drop these packets, or it MAY buffer them in
 anticipation of later packets that allow it to compute the key.
 If a client receives a packet that uses a different version than it
 initially selected, it MUST discard that packet.

5.2.2. Server Packet Handling

 If a server receives a packet that indicates an unsupported version
 and if the packet is large enough to initiate a new connection for
 any supported version, the server SHOULD send a Version Negotiation
 packet as described in Section 6.1.  A server MAY limit the number of
 packets to which it responds with a Version Negotiation packet.
 Servers MUST drop smaller packets that specify unsupported versions.
 The first packet for an unsupported version can use different
 semantics and encodings for any version-specific field.  In
 particular, different packet protection keys might be used for
 different versions.  Servers that do not support a particular version
 are unlikely to be able to decrypt the payload of the packet or
 properly interpret the result.  Servers SHOULD respond with a Version
 Negotiation packet, provided that the datagram is sufficiently long.
 Packets with a supported version, or no Version field, are matched to
 a connection using the connection ID or -- for packets with zero-
 length connection IDs -- the local address and port.  These packets
 are processed using the selected connection; otherwise, the server
 continues as described below.
 If the packet is an Initial packet fully conforming with the
 specification, the server proceeds with the handshake (Section 7).
 This commits the server to the version that the client selected.
 If a server refuses to accept a new connection, it SHOULD send an
 Initial packet containing a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with error code
 CONNECTION_REFUSED.
 If the packet is a 0-RTT packet, the server MAY buffer a limited
 number of these packets in anticipation of a late-arriving Initial
 packet.  Clients are not able to send Handshake packets prior to
 receiving a server response, so servers SHOULD ignore any such
 packets.
 Servers MUST drop incoming packets under all other circumstances.

5.2.3. Considerations for Simple Load Balancers

 A server deployment could load-balance among servers using only
 source and destination IP addresses and ports.  Changes to the
 client's IP address or port could result in packets being forwarded
 to the wrong server.  Such a server deployment could use one of the
 following methods for connection continuity when a client's address
 changes.
  • Servers could use an out-of-band mechanism to forward packets to

the correct server based on connection ID.

  • If servers can use a dedicated server IP address or port, other

than the one that the client initially connects to, they could use

    the preferred_address transport parameter to request that clients
    move connections to that dedicated address.  Note that clients
    could choose not to use the preferred address.
 A server in a deployment that does not implement a solution to
 maintain connection continuity when the client address changes SHOULD
 indicate that migration is not supported by using the
 disable_active_migration transport parameter.  The
 disable_active_migration transport parameter does not prohibit
 connection migration after a client has acted on a preferred_address
 transport parameter.
 Server deployments that use this simple form of load balancing MUST
 avoid the creation of a stateless reset oracle; see Section 21.11.

5.3. Operations on Connections

 This document does not define an API for QUIC; it instead defines a
 set of functions for QUIC connections that application protocols can
 rely upon.  An application protocol can assume that an implementation
 of QUIC provides an interface that includes the operations described
 in this section.  An implementation designed for use with a specific
 application protocol might provide only those operations that are
 used by that protocol.
 When implementing the client role, an application protocol can:
  • open a connection, which begins the exchange described in

Section 7;

  • enable Early Data when available; and
  • be informed when Early Data has been accepted or rejected by a

server.

 When implementing the server role, an application protocol can:
  • listen for incoming connections, which prepares for the exchange

described in Section 7;

  • if Early Data is supported, embed application-controlled data in

the TLS resumption ticket sent to the client; and

  • if Early Data is supported, retrieve application-controlled data

from the client's resumption ticket and accept or reject Early

    Data based on that information.
 In either role, an application protocol can:
  • configure minimum values for the initial number of permitted

streams of each type, as communicated in the transport parameters

    (Section 7.4);
  • control resource allocation for receive buffers by setting flow

control limits both for streams and for the connection;

  • identify whether the handshake has completed successfully or is

still ongoing;

  • keep a connection from silently closing, by either generating PING

frames (Section 19.2) or requesting that the transport send

    additional frames before the idle timeout expires (Section 10.1);
    and
  • immediately close (Section 10.2) the connection.

6. Version Negotiation

 Version negotiation allows a server to indicate that it does not
 support the version the client used.  A server sends a Version
 Negotiation packet in response to each packet that might initiate a
 new connection; see Section 5.2 for details.
 The size of the first packet sent by a client will determine whether
 a server sends a Version Negotiation packet.  Clients that support
 multiple QUIC versions SHOULD ensure that the first UDP datagram they
 send is sized to the largest of the minimum datagram sizes from all
 versions they support, using PADDING frames (Section 19.1) as
 necessary.  This ensures that the server responds if there is a
 mutually supported version.  A server might not send a Version
 Negotiation packet if the datagram it receives is smaller than the
 minimum size specified in a different version; see Section 14.1.

6.1. Sending Version Negotiation Packets

 If the version selected by the client is not acceptable to the
 server, the server responds with a Version Negotiation packet; see
 Section 17.2.1.  This includes a list of versions that the server
 will accept.  An endpoint MUST NOT send a Version Negotiation packet
 in response to receiving a Version Negotiation packet.
 This system allows a server to process packets with unsupported
 versions without retaining state.  Though either the Initial packet
 or the Version Negotiation packet that is sent in response could be
 lost, the client will send new packets until it successfully receives
 a response or it abandons the connection attempt.
 A server MAY limit the number of Version Negotiation packets it
 sends.  For instance, a server that is able to recognize packets as
 0-RTT might choose not to send Version Negotiation packets in
 response to 0-RTT packets with the expectation that it will
 eventually receive an Initial packet.

6.2. Handling Version Negotiation Packets

 Version Negotiation packets are designed to allow for functionality
 to be defined in the future that allows QUIC to negotiate the version
 of QUIC to use for a connection.  Future Standards Track
 specifications might change how implementations that support multiple
 versions of QUIC react to Version Negotiation packets received in
 response to an attempt to establish a connection using this version.
 A client that supports only this version of QUIC MUST abandon the
 current connection attempt if it receives a Version Negotiation
 packet, with the following two exceptions.  A client MUST discard any
 Version Negotiation packet if it has received and successfully
 processed any other packet, including an earlier Version Negotiation
 packet.  A client MUST discard a Version Negotiation packet that
 lists the QUIC version selected by the client.
 How to perform version negotiation is left as future work defined by
 future Standards Track specifications.  In particular, that future
 work will ensure robustness against version downgrade attacks; see
 Section 21.12.

6.3. Using Reserved Versions

 For a server to use a new version in the future, clients need to
 correctly handle unsupported versions.  Some version numbers
 (0x?a?a?a?a, as defined in Section 15) are reserved for inclusion in
 fields that contain version numbers.
 Endpoints MAY add reserved versions to any field where unknown or
 unsupported versions are ignored to test that a peer correctly
 ignores the value.  For instance, an endpoint could include a
 reserved version in a Version Negotiation packet; see Section 17.2.1.
 Endpoints MAY send packets with a reserved version to test that a
 peer correctly discards the packet.

7. Cryptographic and Transport Handshake

 QUIC relies on a combined cryptographic and transport handshake to
 minimize connection establishment latency.  QUIC uses the CRYPTO
 frame (Section 19.6) to transmit the cryptographic handshake.  The
 version of QUIC defined in this document is identified as 0x00000001
 and uses TLS as described in [QUIC-TLS]; a different QUIC version
 could indicate that a different cryptographic handshake protocol is
 in use.
 QUIC provides reliable, ordered delivery of the cryptographic
 handshake data.  QUIC packet protection is used to encrypt as much of
 the handshake protocol as possible.  The cryptographic handshake MUST
 provide the following properties:
  • authenticated key exchange, where
  1. a server is always authenticated,
  1. a client is optionally authenticated,
  1. every connection produces distinct and unrelated keys, and
  1. keying material is usable for packet protection for both 0-RTT

and 1-RTT packets.

  • authenticated exchange of values for transport parameters of both

endpoints, and confidentiality protection for server transport

    parameters (see Section 7.4).
  • authenticated negotiation of an application protocol (TLS uses

Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) [ALPN] for this

    purpose).
 The CRYPTO frame can be sent in different packet number spaces
 (Section 12.3).  The offsets used by CRYPTO frames to ensure ordered
 delivery of cryptographic handshake data start from zero in each
 packet number space.
 Figure 4 shows a simplified handshake and the exchange of packets and
 frames that are used to advance the handshake.  Exchange of
 application data during the handshake is enabled where possible,
 shown with an asterisk ("*").  Once the handshake is complete,
 endpoints are able to exchange application data freely.
 Client                                               Server
 Initial (CRYPTO)
 0-RTT (*)              ---------->
                                            Initial (CRYPTO)
                                          Handshake (CRYPTO)
                        <----------                1-RTT (*)
 Handshake (CRYPTO)
 1-RTT (*)              ---------->
                        <----------   1-RTT (HANDSHAKE_DONE)
 1-RTT                  <=========>                    1-RTT
                  Figure 4: Simplified QUIC Handshake
 Endpoints can use packets sent during the handshake to test for
 Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) support; see Section 13.4.  An
 endpoint validates support for ECN by observing whether the ACK
 frames acknowledging the first packets it sends carry ECN counts, as
 described in Section 13.4.2.
 Endpoints MUST explicitly negotiate an application protocol.  This
 avoids situations where there is a disagreement about the protocol
 that is in use.

7.1. Example Handshake Flows

 Details of how TLS is integrated with QUIC are provided in
 [QUIC-TLS], but some examples are provided here.  An extension of
 this exchange to support client address validation is shown in
 Section 8.1.2.
 Once any address validation exchanges are complete, the cryptographic
 handshake is used to agree on cryptographic keys.  The cryptographic
 handshake is carried in Initial (Section 17.2.2) and Handshake
 (Section 17.2.4) packets.
 Figure 5 provides an overview of the 1-RTT handshake.  Each line
 shows a QUIC packet with the packet type and packet number shown
 first, followed by the frames that are typically contained in those
 packets.  For instance, the first packet is of type Initial, with
 packet number 0, and contains a CRYPTO frame carrying the
 ClientHello.
 Multiple QUIC packets -- even of different packet types -- can be
 coalesced into a single UDP datagram; see Section 12.2.  As a result,
 this handshake could consist of as few as four UDP datagrams, or any
 number more (subject to limits inherent to the protocol, such as
 congestion control and anti-amplification).  For instance, the
 server's first flight contains Initial packets, Handshake packets,
 and "0.5-RTT data" in 1-RTT packets.
 Client                                                  Server
 Initial[0]: CRYPTO[CH] ->
                                  Initial[0]: CRYPTO[SH] ACK[0]
                        Handshake[0]: CRYPTO[EE, CERT, CV, FIN]
                                  <- 1-RTT[0]: STREAM[1, "..."]
 Initial[1]: ACK[0]
 Handshake[0]: CRYPTO[FIN], ACK[0]
 1-RTT[0]: STREAM[0, "..."], ACK[0] ->
                                           Handshake[1]: ACK[0]
          <- 1-RTT[1]: HANDSHAKE_DONE, STREAM[3, "..."], ACK[0]
                   Figure 5: Example 1-RTT Handshake
 Figure 6 shows an example of a connection with a 0-RTT handshake and
 a single packet of 0-RTT data.  Note that as described in
 Section 12.3, the server acknowledges 0-RTT data in 1-RTT packets,
 and the client sends 1-RTT packets in the same packet number space.
 Client                                                  Server
 Initial[0]: CRYPTO[CH]
 0-RTT[0]: STREAM[0, "..."] ->
                                  Initial[0]: CRYPTO[SH] ACK[0]
                                   Handshake[0] CRYPTO[EE, FIN]
                           <- 1-RTT[0]: STREAM[1, "..."] ACK[0]
 Initial[1]: ACK[0]
 Handshake[0]: CRYPTO[FIN], ACK[0]
 1-RTT[1]: STREAM[0, "..."] ACK[0] ->
                                           Handshake[1]: ACK[0]
          <- 1-RTT[1]: HANDSHAKE_DONE, STREAM[3, "..."], ACK[1]
                   Figure 6: Example 0-RTT Handshake

7.2. Negotiating Connection IDs

 A connection ID is used to ensure consistent routing of packets, as
 described in Section 5.1.  The long header contains two connection
 IDs: the Destination Connection ID is chosen by the recipient of the
 packet and is used to provide consistent routing; the Source
 Connection ID is used to set the Destination Connection ID used by
 the peer.
 During the handshake, packets with the long header (Section 17.2) are
 used to establish the connection IDs used by both endpoints.  Each
 endpoint uses the Source Connection ID field to specify the
 connection ID that is used in the Destination Connection ID field of
 packets being sent to them.  After processing the first Initial
 packet, each endpoint sets the Destination Connection ID field in
 subsequent packets it sends to the value of the Source Connection ID
 field that it received.
 When an Initial packet is sent by a client that has not previously
 received an Initial or Retry packet from the server, the client
 populates the Destination Connection ID field with an unpredictable
 value.  This Destination Connection ID MUST be at least 8 bytes in
 length.  Until a packet is received from the server, the client MUST
 use the same Destination Connection ID value on all packets in this
 connection.
 The Destination Connection ID field from the first Initial packet
 sent by a client is used to determine packet protection keys for
 Initial packets.  These keys change after receiving a Retry packet;
 see Section 5.2 of [QUIC-TLS].
 The client populates the Source Connection ID field with a value of
 its choosing and sets the Source Connection ID Length field to
 indicate the length.
 0-RTT packets in the first flight use the same Destination Connection
 ID and Source Connection ID values as the client's first Initial
 packet.
 Upon first receiving an Initial or Retry packet from the server, the
 client uses the Source Connection ID supplied by the server as the
 Destination Connection ID for subsequent packets, including any 0-RTT
 packets.  This means that a client might have to change the
 connection ID it sets in the Destination Connection ID field twice
 during connection establishment: once in response to a Retry packet
 and once in response to an Initial packet from the server.  Once a
 client has received a valid Initial packet from the server, it MUST
 discard any subsequent packet it receives on that connection with a
 different Source Connection ID.
 A client MUST change the Destination Connection ID it uses for
 sending packets in response to only the first received Initial or
 Retry packet.  A server MUST set the Destination Connection ID it
 uses for sending packets based on the first received Initial packet.
 Any further changes to the Destination Connection ID are only
 permitted if the values are taken from NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames; if
 subsequent Initial packets include a different Source Connection ID,
 they MUST be discarded.  This avoids unpredictable outcomes that
 might otherwise result from stateless processing of multiple Initial
 packets with different Source Connection IDs.
 The Destination Connection ID that an endpoint sends can change over
 the lifetime of a connection, especially in response to connection
 migration (Section 9); see Section 5.1.1 for details.

7.3. Authenticating Connection IDs

 The choice each endpoint makes about connection IDs during the
 handshake is authenticated by including all values in transport
 parameters; see Section 7.4.  This ensures that all connection IDs
 used for the handshake are also authenticated by the cryptographic
 handshake.
 Each endpoint includes the value of the Source Connection ID field
 from the first Initial packet it sent in the
 initial_source_connection_id transport parameter; see Section 18.2.
 A server includes the Destination Connection ID field from the first
 Initial packet it received from the client in the
 original_destination_connection_id transport parameter; if the server
 sent a Retry packet, this refers to the first Initial packet received
 before sending the Retry packet.  If it sends a Retry packet, a
 server also includes the Source Connection ID field from the Retry
 packet in the retry_source_connection_id transport parameter.
 The values provided by a peer for these transport parameters MUST
 match the values that an endpoint used in the Destination and Source
 Connection ID fields of Initial packets that it sent (and received,
 for servers).  Endpoints MUST validate that received transport
 parameters match received connection ID values.  Including connection
 ID values in transport parameters and verifying them ensures that an
 attacker cannot influence the choice of connection ID for a
 successful connection by injecting packets carrying attacker-chosen
 connection IDs during the handshake.
 An endpoint MUST treat the absence of the
 initial_source_connection_id transport parameter from either endpoint
 or the absence of the original_destination_connection_id transport
 parameter from the server as a connection error of type
 TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.
 An endpoint MUST treat the following as a connection error of type
 TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR or PROTOCOL_VIOLATION:
  • absence of the retry_source_connection_id transport parameter from

the server after receiving a Retry packet,

  • presence of the retry_source_connection_id transport parameter

when no Retry packet was received, or

  • a mismatch between values received from a peer in these transport

parameters and the value sent in the corresponding Destination or

    Source Connection ID fields of Initial packets.
 If a zero-length connection ID is selected, the corresponding
 transport parameter is included with a zero-length value.
 Figure 7 shows the connection IDs (with DCID=Destination Connection
 ID, SCID=Source Connection ID) that are used in a complete handshake.
 The exchange of Initial packets is shown, plus the later exchange of
 1-RTT packets that includes the connection ID established during the
 handshake.
 Client                                                  Server
 Initial: DCID=S1, SCID=C1 ->
                                   <- Initial: DCID=C1, SCID=S3
                              ...
 1-RTT: DCID=S3 ->
                                              <- 1-RTT: DCID=C1
             Figure 7: Use of Connection IDs in a Handshake
 Figure 8 shows a similar handshake that includes a Retry packet.
 Client                                                  Server
 Initial: DCID=S1, SCID=C1 ->
                                     <- Retry: DCID=C1, SCID=S2
 Initial: DCID=S2, SCID=C1 ->
                                   <- Initial: DCID=C1, SCID=S3
                              ...
 1-RTT: DCID=S3 ->
                                              <- 1-RTT: DCID=C1
       Figure 8: Use of Connection IDs in a Handshake with Retry
 In both cases (Figures 7 and 8), the client sets the value of the
 initial_source_connection_id transport parameter to "C1".
 When the handshake does not include a Retry (Figure 7), the server
 sets original_destination_connection_id to "S1" (note that this value
 is chosen by the client) and initial_source_connection_id to "S3".
 In this case, the server does not include a
 retry_source_connection_id transport parameter.
 When the handshake includes a Retry (Figure 8), the server sets
 original_destination_connection_id to "S1",
 retry_source_connection_id to "S2", and initial_source_connection_id
 to "S3".

7.4. Transport Parameters

 During connection establishment, both endpoints make authenticated
 declarations of their transport parameters.  Endpoints are required
 to comply with the restrictions that each parameter defines; the
 description of each parameter includes rules for its handling.
 Transport parameters are declarations that are made unilaterally by
 each endpoint.  Each endpoint can choose values for transport
 parameters independent of the values chosen by its peer.
 The encoding of the transport parameters is detailed in Section 18.
 QUIC includes the encoded transport parameters in the cryptographic
 handshake.  Once the handshake completes, the transport parameters
 declared by the peer are available.  Each endpoint validates the
 values provided by its peer.
 Definitions for each of the defined transport parameters are included
 in Section 18.2.
 An endpoint MUST treat receipt of a transport parameter with an
 invalid value as a connection error of type
 TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send a parameter more than once in a given
 transport parameters extension.  An endpoint SHOULD treat receipt of
 duplicate transport parameters as a connection error of type
 TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.
 Endpoints use transport parameters to authenticate the negotiation of
 connection IDs during the handshake; see Section 7.3.
 ALPN (see [ALPN]) allows clients to offer multiple application
 protocols during connection establishment.  The transport parameters
 that a client includes during the handshake apply to all application
 protocols that the client offers.  Application protocols can
 recommend values for transport parameters, such as the initial flow
 control limits.  However, application protocols that set constraints
 on values for transport parameters could make it impossible for a
 client to offer multiple application protocols if these constraints
 conflict.

7.4.1. Values of Transport Parameters for 0-RTT

 Using 0-RTT depends on both client and server using protocol
 parameters that were negotiated from a previous connection.  To
 enable 0-RTT, endpoints store the values of the server transport
 parameters with any session tickets it receives on the connection.
 Endpoints also store any information required by the application
 protocol or cryptographic handshake; see Section 4.6 of [QUIC-TLS].
 The values of stored transport parameters are used when attempting
 0-RTT using the session tickets.
 Remembered transport parameters apply to the new connection until the
 handshake completes and the client starts sending 1-RTT packets.
 Once the handshake completes, the client uses the transport
 parameters established in the handshake.  Not all transport
 parameters are remembered, as some do not apply to future connections
 or they have no effect on the use of 0-RTT.
 The definition of a new transport parameter (Section 7.4.2) MUST
 specify whether storing the transport parameter for 0-RTT is
 mandatory, optional, or prohibited.  A client need not store a
 transport parameter it cannot process.
 A client MUST NOT use remembered values for the following parameters:
 ack_delay_exponent, max_ack_delay, initial_source_connection_id,
 original_destination_connection_id, preferred_address,
 retry_source_connection_id, and stateless_reset_token.  The client
 MUST use the server's new values in the handshake instead; if the
 server does not provide new values, the default values are used.
 A client that attempts to send 0-RTT data MUST remember all other
 transport parameters used by the server that it is able to process.
 The server can remember these transport parameters or can store an
 integrity-protected copy of the values in the ticket and recover the
 information when accepting 0-RTT data.  A server uses the transport
 parameters in determining whether to accept 0-RTT data.
 If 0-RTT data is accepted by the server, the server MUST NOT reduce
 any limits or alter any values that might be violated by the client
 with its 0-RTT data.  In particular, a server that accepts 0-RTT data
 MUST NOT set values for the following parameters (Section 18.2) that
 are smaller than the remembered values of the parameters.
  • active_connection_id_limit
  • initial_max_data
  • initial_max_stream_data_bidi_local
  • initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote
  • initial_max_stream_data_uni
  • initial_max_streams_bidi
  • initial_max_streams_uni
 Omitting or setting a zero value for certain transport parameters can
 result in 0-RTT data being enabled but not usable.  The applicable
 subset of transport parameters that permit the sending of application
 data SHOULD be set to non-zero values for 0-RTT.  This includes
 initial_max_data and either (1) initial_max_streams_bidi and
 initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote or (2) initial_max_streams_uni
 and initial_max_stream_data_uni.
 A server might provide larger initial stream flow control limits for
 streams than the remembered values that a client applies when sending
 0-RTT.  Once the handshake completes, the client updates the flow
 control limits on all sending streams using the updated values of
 initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote and initial_max_stream_data_uni.
 A server MAY store and recover the previously sent values of the
 max_idle_timeout, max_udp_payload_size, and disable_active_migration
 parameters and reject 0-RTT if it selects smaller values.  Lowering
 the values of these parameters while also accepting 0-RTT data could
 degrade the performance of the connection.  Specifically, lowering
 the max_udp_payload_size could result in dropped packets, leading to
 worse performance compared to rejecting 0-RTT data outright.
 A server MUST reject 0-RTT data if the restored values for transport
 parameters cannot be supported.
 When sending frames in 0-RTT packets, a client MUST only use
 remembered transport parameters; importantly, it MUST NOT use updated
 values that it learns from the server's updated transport parameters
 or from frames received in 1-RTT packets.  Updated values of
 transport parameters from the handshake apply only to 1-RTT packets.
 For instance, flow control limits from remembered transport
 parameters apply to all 0-RTT packets even if those values are
 increased by the handshake or by frames sent in 1-RTT packets.  A
 server MAY treat the use of updated transport parameters in 0-RTT as
 a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

7.4.2. New Transport Parameters

 New transport parameters can be used to negotiate new protocol
 behavior.  An endpoint MUST ignore transport parameters that it does
 not support.  The absence of a transport parameter therefore disables
 any optional protocol feature that is negotiated using the parameter.
 As described in Section 18.1, some identifiers are reserved in order
 to exercise this requirement.
 A client that does not understand a transport parameter can discard
 it and attempt 0-RTT on subsequent connections.  However, if the
 client adds support for a discarded transport parameter, it risks
 violating the constraints that the transport parameter establishes if
 it attempts 0-RTT.  New transport parameters can avoid this problem
 by setting a default of the most conservative value.  Clients can
 avoid this problem by remembering all parameters, even those not
 currently supported.
 New transport parameters can be registered according to the rules in
 Section 22.3.

7.5. Cryptographic Message Buffering

 Implementations need to maintain a buffer of CRYPTO data received out
 of order.  Because there is no flow control of CRYPTO frames, an
 endpoint could potentially force its peer to buffer an unbounded
 amount of data.
 Implementations MUST support buffering at least 4096 bytes of data
 received in out-of-order CRYPTO frames.  Endpoints MAY choose to
 allow more data to be buffered during the handshake.  A larger limit
 during the handshake could allow for larger keys or credentials to be
 exchanged.  An endpoint's buffer size does not need to remain
 constant during the life of the connection.
 Being unable to buffer CRYPTO frames during the handshake can lead to
 a connection failure.  If an endpoint's buffer is exceeded during the
 handshake, it can expand its buffer temporarily to complete the
 handshake.  If an endpoint does not expand its buffer, it MUST close
 the connection with a CRYPTO_BUFFER_EXCEEDED error code.
 Once the handshake completes, if an endpoint is unable to buffer all
 data in a CRYPTO frame, it MAY discard that CRYPTO frame and all
 CRYPTO frames received in the future, or it MAY close the connection
 with a CRYPTO_BUFFER_EXCEEDED error code.  Packets containing
 discarded CRYPTO frames MUST be acknowledged because the packet has
 been received and processed by the transport even though the CRYPTO
 frame was discarded.

8. Address Validation

 Address validation ensures that an endpoint cannot be used for a
 traffic amplification attack.  In such an attack, a packet is sent to
 a server with spoofed source address information that identifies a
 victim.  If a server generates more or larger packets in response to
 that packet, the attacker can use the server to send more data toward
 the victim than it would be able to send on its own.
 The primary defense against amplification attacks is verifying that a
 peer is able to receive packets at the transport address that it
 claims.  Therefore, after receiving packets from an address that is
 not yet validated, an endpoint MUST limit the amount of data it sends
 to the unvalidated address to three times the amount of data received
 from that address.  This limit on the size of responses is known as
 the anti-amplification limit.
 Address validation is performed both during connection establishment
 (see Section 8.1) and during connection migration (see Section 8.2).

8.1. Address Validation during Connection Establishment

 Connection establishment implicitly provides address validation for
 both endpoints.  In particular, receipt of a packet protected with
 Handshake keys confirms that the peer successfully processed an
 Initial packet.  Once an endpoint has successfully processed a
 Handshake packet from the peer, it can consider the peer address to
 have been validated.
 Additionally, an endpoint MAY consider the peer address validated if
 the peer uses a connection ID chosen by the endpoint and the
 connection ID contains at least 64 bits of entropy.
 For the client, the value of the Destination Connection ID field in
 its first Initial packet allows it to validate the server address as
 a part of successfully processing any packet.  Initial packets from
 the server are protected with keys that are derived from this value
 (see Section 5.2 of [QUIC-TLS]).  Alternatively, the value is echoed
 by the server in Version Negotiation packets (Section 6) or included
 in the Integrity Tag in Retry packets (Section 5.8 of [QUIC-TLS]).
 Prior to validating the client address, servers MUST NOT send more
 than three times as many bytes as the number of bytes they have
 received.  This limits the magnitude of any amplification attack that
 can be mounted using spoofed source addresses.  For the purposes of
 avoiding amplification prior to address validation, servers MUST
 count all of the payload bytes received in datagrams that are
 uniquely attributed to a single connection.  This includes datagrams
 that contain packets that are successfully processed and datagrams
 that contain packets that are all discarded.
 Clients MUST ensure that UDP datagrams containing Initial packets
 have UDP payloads of at least 1200 bytes, adding PADDING frames as
 necessary.  A client that sends padded datagrams allows the server to
 send more data prior to completing address validation.
 Loss of an Initial or Handshake packet from the server can cause a
 deadlock if the client does not send additional Initial or Handshake
 packets.  A deadlock could occur when the server reaches its anti-
 amplification limit and the client has received acknowledgments for
 all the data it has sent.  In this case, when the client has no
 reason to send additional packets, the server will be unable to send
 more data because it has not validated the client's address.  To
 prevent this deadlock, clients MUST send a packet on a Probe Timeout
 (PTO); see Section 6.2 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].  Specifically, the client
 MUST send an Initial packet in a UDP datagram that contains at least
 1200 bytes if it does not have Handshake keys, and otherwise send a
 Handshake packet.
 A server might wish to validate the client address before starting
 the cryptographic handshake.  QUIC uses a token in the Initial packet
 to provide address validation prior to completing the handshake.
 This token is delivered to the client during connection establishment
 with a Retry packet (see Section 8.1.2) or in a previous connection
 using the NEW_TOKEN frame (see Section 8.1.3).
 In addition to sending limits imposed prior to address validation,
 servers are also constrained in what they can send by the limits set
 by the congestion controller.  Clients are only constrained by the
 congestion controller.

8.1.1. Token Construction

 A token sent in a NEW_TOKEN frame or a Retry packet MUST be
 constructed in a way that allows the server to identify how it was
 provided to a client.  These tokens are carried in the same field but
 require different handling from servers.

8.1.2. Address Validation Using Retry Packets

 Upon receiving the client's Initial packet, the server can request
 address validation by sending a Retry packet (Section 17.2.5)
 containing a token.  This token MUST be repeated by the client in all
 Initial packets it sends for that connection after it receives the
 Retry packet.
 In response to processing an Initial packet containing a token that
 was provided in a Retry packet, a server cannot send another Retry
 packet; it can only refuse the connection or permit it to proceed.
 As long as it is not possible for an attacker to generate a valid
 token for its own address (see Section 8.1.4) and the client is able
 to return that token, it proves to the server that it received the
 token.
 A server can also use a Retry packet to defer the state and
 processing costs of connection establishment.  Requiring the server
 to provide a different connection ID, along with the
 original_destination_connection_id transport parameter defined in
 Section 18.2, forces the server to demonstrate that it, or an entity
 it cooperates with, received the original Initial packet from the
 client.  Providing a different connection ID also grants a server
 some control over how subsequent packets are routed.  This can be
 used to direct connections to a different server instance.
 If a server receives a client Initial that contains an invalid Retry
 token but is otherwise valid, it knows the client will not accept
 another Retry token.  The server can discard such a packet and allow
 the client to time out to detect handshake failure, but that could
 impose a significant latency penalty on the client.  Instead, the
 server SHOULD immediately close (Section 10.2) the connection with an
 INVALID_TOKEN error.  Note that a server has not established any
 state for the connection at this point and so does not enter the
 closing period.
 A flow showing the use of a Retry packet is shown in Figure 9.
 Client                                                  Server
 Initial[0]: CRYPTO[CH] ->
                                                 <- Retry+Token
 Initial+Token[1]: CRYPTO[CH] ->
                                  Initial[0]: CRYPTO[SH] ACK[1]
                        Handshake[0]: CRYPTO[EE, CERT, CV, FIN]
                                  <- 1-RTT[0]: STREAM[1, "..."]
                 Figure 9: Example Handshake with Retry

8.1.3. Address Validation for Future Connections

 A server MAY provide clients with an address validation token during
 one connection that can be used on a subsequent connection.  Address
 validation is especially important with 0-RTT because a server
 potentially sends a significant amount of data to a client in
 response to 0-RTT data.
 The server uses the NEW_TOKEN frame (Section 19.7) to provide the
 client with an address validation token that can be used to validate
 future connections.  In a future connection, the client includes this
 token in Initial packets to provide address validation.  The client
 MUST include the token in all Initial packets it sends, unless a
 Retry replaces the token with a newer one.  The client MUST NOT use
 the token provided in a Retry for future connections.  Servers MAY
 discard any Initial packet that does not carry the expected token.
 Unlike the token that is created for a Retry packet, which is used
 immediately, the token sent in the NEW_TOKEN frame can be used after
 some period of time has passed.  Thus, a token SHOULD have an
 expiration time, which could be either an explicit expiration time or
 an issued timestamp that can be used to dynamically calculate the
 expiration time.  A server can store the expiration time or include
 it in an encrypted form in the token.
 A token issued with NEW_TOKEN MUST NOT include information that would
 allow values to be linked by an observer to the connection on which
 it was issued.  For example, it cannot include the previous
 connection ID or addressing information, unless the values are
 encrypted.  A server MUST ensure that every NEW_TOKEN frame it sends
 is unique across all clients, with the exception of those sent to
 repair losses of previously sent NEW_TOKEN frames.  Information that
 allows the server to distinguish between tokens from Retry and
 NEW_TOKEN MAY be accessible to entities other than the server.
 It is unlikely that the client port number is the same on two
 different connections; validating the port is therefore unlikely to
 be successful.
 A token received in a NEW_TOKEN frame is applicable to any server
 that the connection is considered authoritative for (e.g., server
 names included in the certificate).  When connecting to a server for
 which the client retains an applicable and unused token, it SHOULD
 include that token in the Token field of its Initial packet.
 Including a token might allow the server to validate the client
 address without an additional round trip.  A client MUST NOT include
 a token that is not applicable to the server that it is connecting
 to, unless the client has the knowledge that the server that issued
 the token and the server the client is connecting to are jointly
 managing the tokens.  A client MAY use a token from any previous
 connection to that server.
 A token allows a server to correlate activity between the connection
 where the token was issued and any connection where it is used.
 Clients that want to break continuity of identity with a server can
 discard tokens provided using the NEW_TOKEN frame.  In comparison, a
 token obtained in a Retry packet MUST be used immediately during the
 connection attempt and cannot be used in subsequent connection
 attempts.
 A client SHOULD NOT reuse a token from a NEW_TOKEN frame for
 different connection attempts.  Reusing a token allows connections to
 be linked by entities on the network path; see Section 9.5.
 Clients might receive multiple tokens on a single connection.  Aside
 from preventing linkability, any token can be used in any connection
 attempt.  Servers can send additional tokens to either enable address
 validation for multiple connection attempts or replace older tokens
 that might become invalid.  For a client, this ambiguity means that
 sending the most recent unused token is most likely to be effective.
 Though saving and using older tokens have no negative consequences,
 clients can regard older tokens as being less likely to be useful to
 the server for address validation.
 When a server receives an Initial packet with an address validation
 token, it MUST attempt to validate the token, unless it has already
 completed address validation.  If the token is invalid, then the
 server SHOULD proceed as if the client did not have a validated
 address, including potentially sending a Retry packet.  Tokens
 provided with NEW_TOKEN frames and Retry packets can be distinguished
 by servers (see Section 8.1.1), and the latter can be validated more
 strictly.  If the validation succeeds, the server SHOULD then allow
 the handshake to proceed.
    |  Note: The rationale for treating the client as unvalidated
    |  rather than discarding the packet is that the client might have
    |  received the token in a previous connection using the NEW_TOKEN
    |  frame, and if the server has lost state, it might be unable to
    |  validate the token at all, leading to connection failure if the
    |  packet is discarded.
 In a stateless design, a server can use encrypted and authenticated
 tokens to pass information to clients that the server can later
 recover and use to validate a client address.  Tokens are not
 integrated into the cryptographic handshake, and so they are not
 authenticated.  For instance, a client might be able to reuse a
 token.  To avoid attacks that exploit this property, a server can
 limit its use of tokens to only the information needed to validate
 client addresses.
 Clients MAY use tokens obtained on one connection for any connection
 attempt using the same version.  When selecting a token to use,
 clients do not need to consider other properties of the connection
 that is being attempted, including the choice of possible application
 protocols, session tickets, or other connection properties.

8.1.4. Address Validation Token Integrity

 An address validation token MUST be difficult to guess.  Including a
 random value with at least 128 bits of entropy in the token would be
 sufficient, but this depends on the server remembering the value it
 sends to clients.
 A token-based scheme allows the server to offload any state
 associated with validation to the client.  For this design to work,
 the token MUST be covered by integrity protection against
 modification or falsification by clients.  Without integrity
 protection, malicious clients could generate or guess values for
 tokens that would be accepted by the server.  Only the server
 requires access to the integrity protection key for tokens.
 There is no need for a single well-defined format for the token
 because the server that generates the token also consumes it.  Tokens
 sent in Retry packets SHOULD include information that allows the
 server to verify that the source IP address and port in client
 packets remain constant.
 Tokens sent in NEW_TOKEN frames MUST include information that allows
 the server to verify that the client IP address has not changed from
 when the token was issued.  Servers can use tokens from NEW_TOKEN
 frames in deciding not to send a Retry packet, even if the client
 address has changed.  If the client IP address has changed, the
 server MUST adhere to the anti-amplification limit; see Section 8.
 Note that in the presence of NAT, this requirement might be
 insufficient to protect other hosts that share the NAT from
 amplification attacks.
 Attackers could replay tokens to use servers as amplifiers in DDoS
 attacks.  To protect against such attacks, servers MUST ensure that
 replay of tokens is prevented or limited.  Servers SHOULD ensure that
 tokens sent in Retry packets are only accepted for a short time, as
 they are returned immediately by clients.  Tokens that are provided
 in NEW_TOKEN frames (Section 19.7) need to be valid for longer but
 SHOULD NOT be accepted multiple times.  Servers are encouraged to
 allow tokens to be used only once, if possible; tokens MAY include
 additional information about clients to further narrow applicability
 or reuse.

8.2. Path Validation

 Path validation is used by both peers during connection migration
 (see Section 9) to verify reachability after a change of address.  In
 path validation, endpoints test reachability between a specific local
 address and a specific peer address, where an address is the 2-tuple
 of IP address and port.
 Path validation tests that packets sent on a path to a peer are
 received by that peer.  Path validation is used to ensure that
 packets received from a migrating peer do not carry a spoofed source
 address.
 Path validation does not validate that a peer can send in the return
 direction.  Acknowledgments cannot be used for return path validation
 because they contain insufficient entropy and might be spoofed.
 Endpoints independently determine reachability on each direction of a
 path, and therefore return reachability can only be established by
 the peer.
 Path validation can be used at any time by either endpoint.  For
 instance, an endpoint might check that a peer is still in possession
 of its address after a period of quiescence.
 Path validation is not designed as a NAT traversal mechanism.  Though
 the mechanism described here might be effective for the creation of
 NAT bindings that support NAT traversal, the expectation is that one
 endpoint is able to receive packets without first having sent a
 packet on that path.  Effective NAT traversal needs additional
 synchronization mechanisms that are not provided here.
 An endpoint MAY include other frames with the PATH_CHALLENGE and
 PATH_RESPONSE frames used for path validation.  In particular, an
 endpoint can include PADDING frames with a PATH_CHALLENGE frame for
 Path Maximum Transmission Unit Discovery (PMTUD); see Section 14.2.1.
 An endpoint can also include its own PATH_CHALLENGE frame when
 sending a PATH_RESPONSE frame.
 An endpoint uses a new connection ID for probes sent from a new local
 address; see Section 9.5.  When probing a new path, an endpoint can
 ensure that its peer has an unused connection ID available for
 responses.  Sending NEW_CONNECTION_ID and PATH_CHALLENGE frames in
 the same packet, if the peer's active_connection_id_limit permits,
 ensures that an unused connection ID will be available to the peer
 when sending a response.
 An endpoint can choose to simultaneously probe multiple paths.  The
 number of simultaneous paths used for probes is limited by the number
 of extra connection IDs its peer has previously supplied, since each
 new local address used for a probe requires a previously unused
 connection ID.

8.2.1. Initiating Path Validation

 To initiate path validation, an endpoint sends a PATH_CHALLENGE frame
 containing an unpredictable payload on the path to be validated.
 An endpoint MAY send multiple PATH_CHALLENGE frames to guard against
 packet loss.  However, an endpoint SHOULD NOT send multiple
 PATH_CHALLENGE frames in a single packet.
 An endpoint SHOULD NOT probe a new path with packets containing a
 PATH_CHALLENGE frame more frequently than it would send an Initial
 packet.  This ensures that connection migration is no more load on a
 new path than establishing a new connection.
 The endpoint MUST use unpredictable data in every PATH_CHALLENGE
 frame so that it can associate the peer's response with the
 corresponding PATH_CHALLENGE.
 An endpoint MUST expand datagrams that contain a PATH_CHALLENGE frame
 to at least the smallest allowed maximum datagram size of 1200 bytes,
 unless the anti-amplification limit for the path does not permit
 sending a datagram of this size.  Sending UDP datagrams of this size
 ensures that the network path from the endpoint to the peer can be
 used for QUIC; see Section 14.
 When an endpoint is unable to expand the datagram size to 1200 bytes
 due to the anti-amplification limit, the path MTU will not be
 validated.  To ensure that the path MTU is large enough, the endpoint
 MUST perform a second path validation by sending a PATH_CHALLENGE
 frame in a datagram of at least 1200 bytes.  This additional
 validation can be performed after a PATH_RESPONSE is successfully
 received or when enough bytes have been received on the path that
 sending the larger datagram will not result in exceeding the anti-
 amplification limit.
 Unlike other cases where datagrams are expanded, endpoints MUST NOT
 discard datagrams that appear to be too small when they contain
 PATH_CHALLENGE or PATH_RESPONSE.

8.2.2. Path Validation Responses

 On receiving a PATH_CHALLENGE frame, an endpoint MUST respond by
 echoing the data contained in the PATH_CHALLENGE frame in a
 PATH_RESPONSE frame.  An endpoint MUST NOT delay transmission of a
 packet containing a PATH_RESPONSE frame unless constrained by
 congestion control.
 A PATH_RESPONSE frame MUST be sent on the network path where the
 PATH_CHALLENGE frame was received.  This ensures that path validation
 by a peer only succeeds if the path is functional in both directions.
 This requirement MUST NOT be enforced by the endpoint that initiates
 path validation, as that would enable an attack on migration; see
 Section 9.3.3.
 An endpoint MUST expand datagrams that contain a PATH_RESPONSE frame
 to at least the smallest allowed maximum datagram size of 1200 bytes.
 This verifies that the path is able to carry datagrams of this size
 in both directions.  However, an endpoint MUST NOT expand the
 datagram containing the PATH_RESPONSE if the resulting data exceeds
 the anti-amplification limit.  This is expected to only occur if the
 received PATH_CHALLENGE was not sent in an expanded datagram.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send more than one PATH_RESPONSE frame in
 response to one PATH_CHALLENGE frame; see Section 13.3.  The peer is
 expected to send more PATH_CHALLENGE frames as necessary to evoke
 additional PATH_RESPONSE frames.

8.2.3. Successful Path Validation

 Path validation succeeds when a PATH_RESPONSE frame is received that
 contains the data that was sent in a previous PATH_CHALLENGE frame.
 A PATH_RESPONSE frame received on any network path validates the path
 on which the PATH_CHALLENGE was sent.
 If an endpoint sends a PATH_CHALLENGE frame in a datagram that is not
 expanded to at least 1200 bytes and if the response to it validates
 the peer address, the path is validated but not the path MTU.  As a
 result, the endpoint can now send more than three times the amount of
 data that has been received.  However, the endpoint MUST initiate
 another path validation with an expanded datagram to verify that the
 path supports the required MTU.
 Receipt of an acknowledgment for a packet containing a PATH_CHALLENGE
 frame is not adequate validation, since the acknowledgment can be
 spoofed by a malicious peer.

8.2.4. Failed Path Validation

 Path validation only fails when the endpoint attempting to validate
 the path abandons its attempt to validate the path.
 Endpoints SHOULD abandon path validation based on a timer.  When
 setting this timer, implementations are cautioned that the new path
 could have a longer round-trip time than the original.  A value of
 three times the larger of the current PTO or the PTO for the new path
 (using kInitialRtt, as defined in [QUIC-RECOVERY]) is RECOMMENDED.
 This timeout allows for multiple PTOs to expire prior to failing path
 validation, so that loss of a single PATH_CHALLENGE or PATH_RESPONSE
 frame does not cause path validation failure.
 Note that the endpoint might receive packets containing other frames
 on the new path, but a PATH_RESPONSE frame with appropriate data is
 required for path validation to succeed.
 When an endpoint abandons path validation, it determines that the
 path is unusable.  This does not necessarily imply a failure of the
 connection -- endpoints can continue sending packets over other paths
 as appropriate.  If no paths are available, an endpoint can wait for
 a new path to become available or close the connection.  An endpoint
 that has no valid network path to its peer MAY signal this using the
 NO_VIABLE_PATH connection error, noting that this is only possible if
 the network path exists but does not support the required MTU
 (Section 14).
 A path validation might be abandoned for other reasons besides
 failure.  Primarily, this happens if a connection migration to a new
 path is initiated while a path validation on the old path is in
 progress.

9. Connection Migration

 The use of a connection ID allows connections to survive changes to
 endpoint addresses (IP address and port), such as those caused by an
 endpoint migrating to a new network.  This section describes the
 process by which an endpoint migrates to a new address.
 The design of QUIC relies on endpoints retaining a stable address for
 the duration of the handshake.  An endpoint MUST NOT initiate
 connection migration before the handshake is confirmed, as defined in
 Section 4.1.2 of [QUIC-TLS].
 If the peer sent the disable_active_migration transport parameter, an
 endpoint also MUST NOT send packets (including probing packets; see
 Section 9.1) from a different local address to the address the peer
 used during the handshake, unless the endpoint has acted on a
 preferred_address transport parameter from the peer.  If the peer
 violates this requirement, the endpoint MUST either drop the incoming
 packets on that path without generating a Stateless Reset or proceed
 with path validation and allow the peer to migrate.  Generating a
 Stateless Reset or closing the connection would allow third parties
 in the network to cause connections to close by spoofing or otherwise
 manipulating observed traffic.
 Not all changes of peer address are intentional, or active,
 migrations.  The peer could experience NAT rebinding: a change of
 address due to a middlebox, usually a NAT, allocating a new outgoing
 port or even a new outgoing IP address for a flow.  An endpoint MUST
 perform path validation (Section 8.2) if it detects any change to a
 peer's address, unless it has previously validated that address.
 When an endpoint has no validated path on which to send packets, it
 MAY discard connection state.  An endpoint capable of connection
 migration MAY wait for a new path to become available before
 discarding connection state.
 This document limits migration of connections to new client
 addresses, except as described in Section 9.6.  Clients are
 responsible for initiating all migrations.  Servers do not send non-
 probing packets (see Section 9.1) toward a client address until they
 see a non-probing packet from that address.  If a client receives
 packets from an unknown server address, the client MUST discard these
 packets.

9.1. Probing a New Path

 An endpoint MAY probe for peer reachability from a new local address
 using path validation (Section 8.2) prior to migrating the connection
 to the new local address.  Failure of path validation simply means
 that the new path is not usable for this connection.  Failure to
 validate a path does not cause the connection to end unless there are
 no valid alternative paths available.
 PATH_CHALLENGE, PATH_RESPONSE, NEW_CONNECTION_ID, and PADDING frames
 are "probing frames", and all other frames are "non-probing frames".
 A packet containing only probing frames is a "probing packet", and a
 packet containing any other frame is a "non-probing packet".

9.2. Initiating Connection Migration

 An endpoint can migrate a connection to a new local address by
 sending packets containing non-probing frames from that address.
 Each endpoint validates its peer's address during connection
 establishment.  Therefore, a migrating endpoint can send to its peer
 knowing that the peer is willing to receive at the peer's current
 address.  Thus, an endpoint can migrate to a new local address
 without first validating the peer's address.
 To establish reachability on the new path, an endpoint initiates path
 validation (Section 8.2) on the new path.  An endpoint MAY defer path
 validation until after a peer sends the next non-probing frame to its
 new address.
 When migrating, the new path might not support the endpoint's current
 sending rate.  Therefore, the endpoint resets its congestion
 controller and RTT estimate, as described in Section 9.4.
 The new path might not have the same ECN capability.  Therefore, the
 endpoint validates ECN capability as described in Section 13.4.

9.3. Responding to Connection Migration

 Receiving a packet from a new peer address containing a non-probing
 frame indicates that the peer has migrated to that address.
 If the recipient permits the migration, it MUST send subsequent
 packets to the new peer address and MUST initiate path validation
 (Section 8.2) to verify the peer's ownership of the address if
 validation is not already underway.  If the recipient has no unused
 connection IDs from the peer, it will not be able to send anything on
 the new path until the peer provides one; see Section 9.5.
 An endpoint only changes the address to which it sends packets in
 response to the highest-numbered non-probing packet.  This ensures
 that an endpoint does not send packets to an old peer address in the
 case that it receives reordered packets.
 An endpoint MAY send data to an unvalidated peer address, but it MUST
 protect against potential attacks as described in Sections 9.3.1 and
 9.3.2.  An endpoint MAY skip validation of a peer address if that
 address has been seen recently.  In particular, if an endpoint
 returns to a previously validated path after detecting some form of
 spurious migration, skipping address validation and restoring loss
 detection and congestion state can reduce the performance impact of
 the attack.
 After changing the address to which it sends non-probing packets, an
 endpoint can abandon any path validation for other addresses.
 Receiving a packet from a new peer address could be the result of a
 NAT rebinding at the peer.
 After verifying a new client address, the server SHOULD send new
 address validation tokens (Section 8) to the client.

9.3.1. Peer Address Spoofing

 It is possible that a peer is spoofing its source address to cause an
 endpoint to send excessive amounts of data to an unwilling host.  If
 the endpoint sends significantly more data than the spoofing peer,
 connection migration might be used to amplify the volume of data that
 an attacker can generate toward a victim.
 As described in Section 9.3, an endpoint is required to validate a
 peer's new address to confirm the peer's possession of the new
 address.  Until a peer's address is deemed valid, an endpoint limits
 the amount of data it sends to that address; see Section 8.  In the
 absence of this limit, an endpoint risks being used for a denial-of-
 service attack against an unsuspecting victim.
 If an endpoint skips validation of a peer address as described above,
 it does not need to limit its sending rate.

9.3.2. On-Path Address Spoofing

 An on-path attacker could cause a spurious connection migration by
 copying and forwarding a packet with a spoofed address such that it
 arrives before the original packet.  The packet with the spoofed
 address will be seen to come from a migrating connection, and the
 original packet will be seen as a duplicate and dropped.  After a
 spurious migration, validation of the source address will fail
 because the entity at the source address does not have the necessary
 cryptographic keys to read or respond to the PATH_CHALLENGE frame
 that is sent to it even if it wanted to.
 To protect the connection from failing due to such a spurious
 migration, an endpoint MUST revert to using the last validated peer
 address when validation of a new peer address fails.  Additionally,
 receipt of packets with higher packet numbers from the legitimate
 peer address will trigger another connection migration.  This will
 cause the validation of the address of the spurious migration to be
 abandoned, thus containing migrations initiated by the attacker
 injecting a single packet.
 If an endpoint has no state about the last validated peer address, it
 MUST close the connection silently by discarding all connection
 state.  This results in new packets on the connection being handled
 generically.  For instance, an endpoint MAY send a Stateless Reset in
 response to any further incoming packets.

9.3.3. Off-Path Packet Forwarding

 An off-path attacker that can observe packets might forward copies of
 genuine packets to endpoints.  If the copied packet arrives before
 the genuine packet, this will appear as a NAT rebinding.  Any genuine
 packet will be discarded as a duplicate.  If the attacker is able to
 continue forwarding packets, it might be able to cause migration to a
 path via the attacker.  This places the attacker on-path, giving it
 the ability to observe or drop all subsequent packets.
 This style of attack relies on the attacker using a path that has
 approximately the same characteristics as the direct path between
 endpoints.  The attack is more reliable if relatively few packets are
 sent or if packet loss coincides with the attempted attack.
 A non-probing packet received on the original path that increases the
 maximum received packet number will cause the endpoint to move back
 to that path.  Eliciting packets on this path increases the
 likelihood that the attack is unsuccessful.  Therefore, mitigation of
 this attack relies on triggering the exchange of packets.
 In response to an apparent migration, endpoints MUST validate the
 previously active path using a PATH_CHALLENGE frame.  This induces
 the sending of new packets on that path.  If the path is no longer
 viable, the validation attempt will time out and fail; if the path is
 viable but no longer desired, the validation will succeed but only
 results in probing packets being sent on the path.
 An endpoint that receives a PATH_CHALLENGE on an active path SHOULD
 send a non-probing packet in response.  If the non-probing packet
 arrives before any copy made by an attacker, this results in the
 connection being migrated back to the original path.  Any subsequent
 migration to another path restarts this entire process.
 This defense is imperfect, but this is not considered a serious
 problem.  If the path via the attack is reliably faster than the
 original path despite multiple attempts to use that original path, it
 is not possible to distinguish between an attack and an improvement
 in routing.
 An endpoint could also use heuristics to improve detection of this
 style of attack.  For instance, NAT rebinding is improbable if
 packets were recently received on the old path; similarly, rebinding
 is rare on IPv6 paths.  Endpoints can also look for duplicated
 packets.  Conversely, a change in connection ID is more likely to
 indicate an intentional migration rather than an attack.

9.4. Loss Detection and Congestion Control

 The capacity available on the new path might not be the same as the
 old path.  Packets sent on the old path MUST NOT contribute to
 congestion control or RTT estimation for the new path.
 On confirming a peer's ownership of its new address, an endpoint MUST
 immediately reset the congestion controller and round-trip time
 estimator for the new path to initial values (see Appendices A.3 and
 B.3 of [QUIC-RECOVERY]) unless the only change in the peer's address
 is its port number.  Because port-only changes are commonly the
 result of NAT rebinding or other middlebox activity, the endpoint MAY
 instead retain its congestion control state and round-trip estimate
 in those cases instead of reverting to initial values.  In cases
 where congestion control state retained from an old path is used on a
 new path with substantially different characteristics, a sender could
 transmit too aggressively until the congestion controller and the RTT
 estimator have adapted.  Generally, implementations are advised to be
 cautious when using previous values on a new path.
 There could be apparent reordering at the receiver when an endpoint
 sends data and probes from/to multiple addresses during the migration
 period, since the two resulting paths could have different round-trip
 times.  A receiver of packets on multiple paths will still send ACK
 frames covering all received packets.
 While multiple paths might be used during connection migration, a
 single congestion control context and a single loss recovery context
 (as described in [QUIC-RECOVERY]) could be adequate.  For instance,
 an endpoint might delay switching to a new congestion control context
 until it is confirmed that an old path is no longer needed (such as
 the case described in Section 9.3.3).
 A sender can make exceptions for probe packets so that their loss
 detection is independent and does not unduly cause the congestion
 controller to reduce its sending rate.  An endpoint might set a
 separate timer when a PATH_CHALLENGE is sent, which is canceled if
 the corresponding PATH_RESPONSE is received.  If the timer fires
 before the PATH_RESPONSE is received, the endpoint might send a new
 PATH_CHALLENGE and restart the timer for a longer period of time.
 This timer SHOULD be set as described in Section 6.2.1 of
 [QUIC-RECOVERY] and MUST NOT be more aggressive.

9.5. Privacy Implications of Connection Migration

 Using a stable connection ID on multiple network paths would allow a
 passive observer to correlate activity between those paths.  An
 endpoint that moves between networks might not wish to have their
 activity correlated by any entity other than their peer, so different
 connection IDs are used when sending from different local addresses,
 as discussed in Section 5.1.  For this to be effective, endpoints
 need to ensure that connection IDs they provide cannot be linked by
 any other entity.
 At any time, endpoints MAY change the Destination Connection ID they
 transmit with to a value that has not been used on another path.
 An endpoint MUST NOT reuse a connection ID when sending from more
 than one local address -- for example, when initiating connection
 migration as described in Section 9.2 or when probing a new network
 path as described in Section 9.1.
 Similarly, an endpoint MUST NOT reuse a connection ID when sending to
 more than one destination address.  Due to network changes outside
 the control of its peer, an endpoint might receive packets from a new
 source address with the same Destination Connection ID field value,
 in which case it MAY continue to use the current connection ID with
 the new remote address while still sending from the same local
 address.
 These requirements regarding connection ID reuse apply only to the
 sending of packets, as unintentional changes in path without a change
 in connection ID are possible.  For example, after a period of
 network inactivity, NAT rebinding might cause packets to be sent on a
 new path when the client resumes sending.  An endpoint responds to
 such an event as described in Section 9.3.
 Using different connection IDs for packets sent in both directions on
 each new network path eliminates the use of the connection ID for
 linking packets from the same connection across different network
 paths.  Header protection ensures that packet numbers cannot be used
 to correlate activity.  This does not prevent other properties of
 packets, such as timing and size, from being used to correlate
 activity.
 An endpoint SHOULD NOT initiate migration with a peer that has
 requested a zero-length connection ID, because traffic over the new
 path might be trivially linkable to traffic over the old one.  If the
 server is able to associate packets with a zero-length connection ID
 to the right connection, it means that the server is using other
 information to demultiplex packets.  For example, a server might
 provide a unique address to every client -- for instance, using HTTP
 alternative services [ALTSVC].  Information that might allow correct
 routing of packets across multiple network paths will also allow
 activity on those paths to be linked by entities other than the peer.
 A client might wish to reduce linkability by switching to a new
 connection ID, source UDP port, or IP address (see [RFC8981]) when
 sending traffic after a period of inactivity.  Changing the address
 from which it sends packets at the same time might cause the server
 to detect a connection migration.  This ensures that the mechanisms
 that support migration are exercised even for clients that do not
 experience NAT rebindings or genuine migrations.  Changing address
 can cause a peer to reset its congestion control state (see
 Section 9.4), so addresses SHOULD only be changed infrequently.
 An endpoint that exhausts available connection IDs cannot probe new
 paths or initiate migration, nor can it respond to probes or attempts
 by its peer to migrate.  To ensure that migration is possible and
 packets sent on different paths cannot be correlated, endpoints
 SHOULD provide new connection IDs before peers migrate; see
 Section 5.1.1.  If a peer might have exhausted available connection
 IDs, a migrating endpoint could include a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame in
 all packets sent on a new network path.

9.6. Server's Preferred Address

 QUIC allows servers to accept connections on one IP address and
 attempt to transfer these connections to a more preferred address
 shortly after the handshake.  This is particularly useful when
 clients initially connect to an address shared by multiple servers
 but would prefer to use a unicast address to ensure connection
 stability.  This section describes the protocol for migrating a
 connection to a preferred server address.
 Migrating a connection to a new server address mid-connection is not
 supported by the version of QUIC specified in this document.  If a
 client receives packets from a new server address when the client has
 not initiated a migration to that address, the client SHOULD discard
 these packets.

9.6.1. Communicating a Preferred Address

 A server conveys a preferred address by including the
 preferred_address transport parameter in the TLS handshake.
 Servers MAY communicate a preferred address of each address family
 (IPv4 and IPv6) to allow clients to pick the one most suited to their
 network attachment.
 Once the handshake is confirmed, the client SHOULD select one of the
 two addresses provided by the server and initiate path validation
 (see Section 8.2).  A client constructs packets using any previously
 unused active connection ID, taken from either the preferred_address
 transport parameter or a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame.
 As soon as path validation succeeds, the client SHOULD begin sending
 all future packets to the new server address using the new connection
 ID and discontinue use of the old server address.  If path validation
 fails, the client MUST continue sending all future packets to the
 server's original IP address.

9.6.2. Migration to a Preferred Address

 A client that migrates to a preferred address MUST validate the
 address it chooses before migrating; see Section 21.5.3.
 A server might receive a packet addressed to its preferred IP address
 at any time after it accepts a connection.  If this packet contains a
 PATH_CHALLENGE frame, the server sends a packet containing a
 PATH_RESPONSE frame as per Section 8.2.  The server MUST send non-
 probing packets from its original address until it receives a non-
 probing packet from the client at its preferred address and until the
 server has validated the new path.
 The server MUST probe on the path toward the client from its
 preferred address.  This helps to guard against spurious migration
 initiated by an attacker.
 Once the server has completed its path validation and has received a
 non-probing packet with a new largest packet number on its preferred
 address, the server begins sending non-probing packets to the client
 exclusively from its preferred IP address.  The server SHOULD drop
 newer packets for this connection that are received on the old IP
 address.  The server MAY continue to process delayed packets that are
 received on the old IP address.
 The addresses that a server provides in the preferred_address
 transport parameter are only valid for the connection in which they
 are provided.  A client MUST NOT use these for other connections,
 including connections that are resumed from the current connection.

9.6.3. Interaction of Client Migration and Preferred Address

 A client might need to perform a connection migration before it has
 migrated to the server's preferred address.  In this case, the client
 SHOULD perform path validation to both the original and preferred
 server address from the client's new address concurrently.
 If path validation of the server's preferred address succeeds, the
 client MUST abandon validation of the original address and migrate to
 using the server's preferred address.  If path validation of the
 server's preferred address fails but validation of the server's
 original address succeeds, the client MAY migrate to its new address
 and continue sending to the server's original address.
 If packets received at the server's preferred address have a
 different source address than observed from the client during the
 handshake, the server MUST protect against potential attacks as
 described in Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2.  In addition to intentional
 simultaneous migration, this might also occur because the client's
 access network used a different NAT binding for the server's
 preferred address.
 Servers SHOULD initiate path validation to the client's new address
 upon receiving a probe packet from a different address; see
 Section 8.
 A client that migrates to a new address SHOULD use a preferred
 address from the same address family for the server.
 The connection ID provided in the preferred_address transport
 parameter is not specific to the addresses that are provided.  This
 connection ID is provided to ensure that the client has a connection
 ID available for migration, but the client MAY use this connection ID
 on any path.

9.7. Use of IPv6 Flow Label and Migration

 Endpoints that send data using IPv6 SHOULD apply an IPv6 flow label
 in compliance with [RFC6437], unless the local API does not allow
 setting IPv6 flow labels.
 The flow label generation MUST be designed to minimize the chances of
 linkability with a previously used flow label, as a stable flow label
 would enable correlating activity on multiple paths; see Section 9.5.
 [RFC6437] suggests deriving values using a pseudorandom function to
 generate flow labels.  Including the Destination Connection ID field
 in addition to source and destination addresses when generating flow
 labels ensures that changes are synchronized with changes in other
 observable identifiers.  A cryptographic hash function that combines
 these inputs with a local secret is one way this might be
 implemented.

10. Connection Termination

 An established QUIC connection can be terminated in one of three
 ways:
  • idle timeout (Section 10.1)
  • immediate close (Section 10.2)
  • stateless reset (Section 10.3)
 An endpoint MAY discard connection state if it does not have a
 validated path on which it can send packets; see Section 8.2.

10.1. Idle Timeout

 If a max_idle_timeout is specified by either endpoint in its
 transport parameters (Section 18.2), the connection is silently
 closed and its state is discarded when it remains idle for longer
 than the minimum of the max_idle_timeout value advertised by both
 endpoints.
 Each endpoint advertises a max_idle_timeout, but the effective value
 at an endpoint is computed as the minimum of the two advertised
 values (or the sole advertised value, if only one endpoint advertises
 a non-zero value).  By announcing a max_idle_timeout, an endpoint
 commits to initiating an immediate close (Section 10.2) if it
 abandons the connection prior to the effective value.
 An endpoint restarts its idle timer when a packet from its peer is
 received and processed successfully.  An endpoint also restarts its
 idle timer when sending an ack-eliciting packet if no other ack-
 eliciting packets have been sent since last receiving and processing
 a packet.  Restarting this timer when sending a packet ensures that
 connections are not closed after new activity is initiated.
 To avoid excessively small idle timeout periods, endpoints MUST
 increase the idle timeout period to be at least three times the
 current Probe Timeout (PTO).  This allows for multiple PTOs to
 expire, and therefore multiple probes to be sent and lost, prior to
 idle timeout.

10.1.1. Liveness Testing

 An endpoint that sends packets close to the effective timeout risks
 having them be discarded at the peer, since the idle timeout period
 might have expired at the peer before these packets arrive.
 An endpoint can send a PING or another ack-eliciting frame to test
 the connection for liveness if the peer could time out soon, such as
 within a PTO; see Section 6.2 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].  This is especially
 useful if any available application data cannot be safely retried.
 Note that the application determines what data is safe to retry.

10.1.2. Deferring Idle Timeout

 An endpoint might need to send ack-eliciting packets to avoid an idle
 timeout if it is expecting response data but does not have or is
 unable to send application data.
 An implementation of QUIC might provide applications with an option
 to defer an idle timeout.  This facility could be used when the
 application wishes to avoid losing state that has been associated
 with an open connection but does not expect to exchange application
 data for some time.  With this option, an endpoint could send a PING
 frame (Section 19.2) periodically, which will cause the peer to
 restart its idle timeout period.  Sending a packet containing a PING
 frame restarts the idle timeout for this endpoint also if this is the
 first ack-eliciting packet sent since receiving a packet.  Sending a
 PING frame causes the peer to respond with an acknowledgment, which
 also restarts the idle timeout for the endpoint.
 Application protocols that use QUIC SHOULD provide guidance on when
 deferring an idle timeout is appropriate.  Unnecessary sending of
 PING frames could have a detrimental effect on performance.
 A connection will time out if no packets are sent or received for a
 period longer than the time negotiated using the max_idle_timeout
 transport parameter; see Section 10.  However, state in middleboxes
 might time out earlier than that.  Though REQ-5 in [RFC4787]
 recommends a 2-minute timeout interval, experience shows that sending
 packets every 30 seconds is necessary to prevent the majority of
 middleboxes from losing state for UDP flows [GATEWAY].

10.2. Immediate Close

 An endpoint sends a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame (Section 19.19) to
 terminate the connection immediately.  A CONNECTION_CLOSE frame
 causes all streams to immediately become closed; open streams can be
 assumed to be implicitly reset.
 After sending a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame, an endpoint immediately
 enters the closing state; see Section 10.2.1.  After receiving a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame, endpoints enter the draining state; see
 Section 10.2.2.
 Violations of the protocol lead to an immediate close.
 An immediate close can be used after an application protocol has
 arranged to close a connection.  This might be after the application
 protocol negotiates a graceful shutdown.  The application protocol
 can exchange messages that are needed for both application endpoints
 to agree that the connection can be closed, after which the
 application requests that QUIC close the connection.  When QUIC
 consequently closes the connection, a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with an
 application-supplied error code will be used to signal closure to the
 peer.
 The closing and draining connection states exist to ensure that
 connections close cleanly and that delayed or reordered packets are
 properly discarded.  These states SHOULD persist for at least three
 times the current PTO interval as defined in [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 Disposing of connection state prior to exiting the closing or
 draining state could result in an endpoint generating a Stateless
 Reset unnecessarily when it receives a late-arriving packet.
 Endpoints that have some alternative means to ensure that late-
 arriving packets do not induce a response, such as those that are
 able to close the UDP socket, MAY end these states earlier to allow
 for faster resource recovery.  Servers that retain an open socket for
 accepting new connections SHOULD NOT end the closing or draining
 state early.
 Once its closing or draining state ends, an endpoint SHOULD discard
 all connection state.  The endpoint MAY send a Stateless Reset in
 response to any further incoming packets belonging to this
 connection.

10.2.1. Closing Connection State

 An endpoint enters the closing state after initiating an immediate
 close.
 In the closing state, an endpoint retains only enough information to
 generate a packet containing a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame and to identify
 packets as belonging to the connection.  An endpoint in the closing
 state sends a packet containing a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in response
 to any incoming packet that it attributes to the connection.
 An endpoint SHOULD limit the rate at which it generates packets in
 the closing state.  For instance, an endpoint could wait for a
 progressively increasing number of received packets or amount of time
 before responding to received packets.
 An endpoint's selected connection ID and the QUIC version are
 sufficient information to identify packets for a closing connection;
 the endpoint MAY discard all other connection state.  An endpoint
 that is closing is not required to process any received frame.  An
 endpoint MAY retain packet protection keys for incoming packets to
 allow it to read and process a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame.
 An endpoint MAY drop packet protection keys when entering the closing
 state and send a packet containing a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in
 response to any UDP datagram that is received.  However, an endpoint
 that discards packet protection keys cannot identify and discard
 invalid packets.  To avoid being used for an amplification attack,
 such endpoints MUST limit the cumulative size of packets it sends to
 three times the cumulative size of the packets that are received and
 attributed to the connection.  To minimize the state that an endpoint
 maintains for a closing connection, endpoints MAY send the exact same
 packet in response to any received packet.
    |  Note: Allowing retransmission of a closing packet is an
    |  exception to the requirement that a new packet number be used
    |  for each packet; see Section 12.3.  Sending new packet numbers
    |  is primarily of advantage to loss recovery and congestion
    |  control, which are not expected to be relevant for a closed
    |  connection.  Retransmitting the final packet requires less
    |  state.
 While in the closing state, an endpoint could receive packets from a
 new source address, possibly indicating a connection migration; see
 Section 9.  An endpoint in the closing state MUST either discard
 packets received from an unvalidated address or limit the cumulative
 size of packets it sends to an unvalidated address to three times the
 size of packets it receives from that address.
 An endpoint is not expected to handle key updates when it is closing
 (Section 6 of [QUIC-TLS]).  A key update might prevent the endpoint
 from moving from the closing state to the draining state, as the
 endpoint will not be able to process subsequently received packets,
 but it otherwise has no impact.

10.2.2. Draining Connection State

 The draining state is entered once an endpoint receives a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame, which indicates that its peer is closing or
 draining.  While otherwise identical to the closing state, an
 endpoint in the draining state MUST NOT send any packets.  Retaining
 packet protection keys is unnecessary once a connection is in the
 draining state.
 An endpoint that receives a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame MAY send a single
 packet containing a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame before entering the
 draining state, using a NO_ERROR code if appropriate.  An endpoint
 MUST NOT send further packets.  Doing so could result in a constant
 exchange of CONNECTION_CLOSE frames until one of the endpoints exits
 the closing state.
 An endpoint MAY enter the draining state from the closing state if it
 receives a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame, which indicates that the peer is
 also closing or draining.  In this case, the draining state ends when
 the closing state would have ended.  In other words, the endpoint
 uses the same end time but ceases transmission of any packets on this
 connection.

10.2.3. Immediate Close during the Handshake

 When sending a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame, the goal is to ensure that the
 peer will process the frame.  Generally, this means sending the frame
 in a packet with the highest level of packet protection to avoid the
 packet being discarded.  After the handshake is confirmed (see
 Section 4.1.2 of [QUIC-TLS]), an endpoint MUST send any
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames in a 1-RTT packet.  However, prior to
 confirming the handshake, it is possible that more advanced packet
 protection keys are not available to the peer, so another
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame MAY be sent in a packet that uses a lower
 packet protection level.  More specifically:
  • A client will always know whether the server has Handshake keys

(see Section 17.2.2.1), but it is possible that a server does not

    know whether the client has Handshake keys.  Under these
    circumstances, a server SHOULD send a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in
    both Handshake and Initial packets to ensure that at least one of
    them is processable by the client.
  • A client that sends a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in a 0-RTT packet

cannot be assured that the server has accepted 0-RTT. Sending a

    CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in an Initial packet makes it more likely
    that the server can receive the close signal, even if the
    application error code might not be received.
  • Prior to confirming the handshake, a peer might be unable to

process 1-RTT packets, so an endpoint SHOULD send a

    CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in both Handshake and 1-RTT packets.  A
    server SHOULD also send a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in an Initial
    packet.
 Sending a CONNECTION_CLOSE of type 0x1d in an Initial or Handshake
 packet could expose application state or be used to alter application
 state.  A CONNECTION_CLOSE of type 0x1d MUST be replaced by a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE of type 0x1c when sending the frame in Initial or
 Handshake packets.  Otherwise, information about the application
 state might be revealed.  Endpoints MUST clear the value of the
 Reason Phrase field and SHOULD use the APPLICATION_ERROR code when
 converting to a CONNECTION_CLOSE of type 0x1c.
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames sent in multiple packet types can be
 coalesced into a single UDP datagram; see Section 12.2.
 An endpoint can send a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame in an Initial packet.
 This might be in response to unauthenticated information received in
 Initial or Handshake packets.  Such an immediate close might expose
 legitimate connections to a denial of service.  QUIC does not include
 defensive measures for on-path attacks during the handshake; see
 Section 21.2.  However, at the cost of reducing feedback about errors
 for legitimate peers, some forms of denial of service can be made
 more difficult for an attacker if endpoints discard illegal packets
 rather than terminating a connection with CONNECTION_CLOSE.  For this
 reason, endpoints MAY discard packets rather than immediately close
 if errors are detected in packets that lack authentication.
 An endpoint that has not established state, such as a server that
 detects an error in an Initial packet, does not enter the closing
 state.  An endpoint that has no state for the connection does not
 enter a closing or draining period on sending a CONNECTION_CLOSE
 frame.

10.3. Stateless Reset

 A stateless reset is provided as an option of last resort for an
 endpoint that does not have access to the state of a connection.  A
 crash or outage might result in peers continuing to send data to an
 endpoint that is unable to properly continue the connection.  An
 endpoint MAY send a Stateless Reset in response to receiving a packet
 that it cannot associate with an active connection.
 A stateless reset is not appropriate for indicating errors in active
 connections.  An endpoint that wishes to communicate a fatal
 connection error MUST use a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame if it is able.
 To support this process, an endpoint issues a stateless reset token,
 which is a 16-byte value that is hard to guess.  If the peer
 subsequently receives a Stateless Reset, which is a UDP datagram that
 ends in that stateless reset token, the peer will immediately end the
 connection.
 A stateless reset token is specific to a connection ID.  An endpoint
 issues a stateless reset token by including the value in the
 Stateless Reset Token field of a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame.  Servers
 can also issue a stateless_reset_token transport parameter during the
 handshake that applies to the connection ID that it selected during
 the handshake.  These exchanges are protected by encryption, so only
 client and server know their value.  Note that clients cannot use the
 stateless_reset_token transport parameter because their transport
 parameters do not have confidentiality protection.
 Tokens are invalidated when their associated connection ID is retired
 via a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame (Section 19.16).
 An endpoint that receives packets that it cannot process sends a
 packet in the following layout (see Section 1.3):
 Stateless Reset {
   Fixed Bits (2) = 1,
   Unpredictable Bits (38..),
   Stateless Reset Token (128),
 }
                       Figure 10: Stateless Reset
 This design ensures that a Stateless Reset is -- to the extent
 possible -- indistinguishable from a regular packet with a short
 header.
 A Stateless Reset uses an entire UDP datagram, starting with the
 first two bits of the packet header.  The remainder of the first byte
 and an arbitrary number of bytes following it are set to values that
 SHOULD be indistinguishable from random.  The last 16 bytes of the
 datagram contain a stateless reset token.
 To entities other than its intended recipient, a Stateless Reset will
 appear to be a packet with a short header.  For the Stateless Reset
 to appear as a valid QUIC packet, the Unpredictable Bits field needs
 to include at least 38 bits of data (or 5 bytes, less the two fixed
 bits).
 The resulting minimum size of 21 bytes does not guarantee that a
 Stateless Reset is difficult to distinguish from other packets if the
 recipient requires the use of a connection ID.  To achieve that end,
 the endpoint SHOULD ensure that all packets it sends are at least 22
 bytes longer than the minimum connection ID length that it requests
 the peer to include in its packets, adding PADDING frames as
 necessary.  This ensures that any Stateless Reset sent by the peer is
 indistinguishable from a valid packet sent to the endpoint.  An
 endpoint that sends a Stateless Reset in response to a packet that is
 43 bytes or shorter SHOULD send a Stateless Reset that is one byte
 shorter than the packet it responds to.
 These values assume that the stateless reset token is the same length
 as the minimum expansion of the packet protection AEAD.  Additional
 unpredictable bytes are necessary if the endpoint could have
 negotiated a packet protection scheme with a larger minimum
 expansion.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send a Stateless Reset that is three times or
 more larger than the packet it receives to avoid being used for
 amplification.  Section 10.3.3 describes additional limits on
 Stateless Reset size.
 Endpoints MUST discard packets that are too small to be valid QUIC
 packets.  To give an example, with the set of AEAD functions defined
 in [QUIC-TLS], short header packets that are smaller than 21 bytes
 are never valid.
 Endpoints MUST send Stateless Resets formatted as a packet with a
 short header.  However, endpoints MUST treat any packet ending in a
 valid stateless reset token as a Stateless Reset, as other QUIC
 versions might allow the use of a long header.
 An endpoint MAY send a Stateless Reset in response to a packet with a
 long header.  Sending a Stateless Reset is not effective prior to the
 stateless reset token being available to a peer.  In this QUIC
 version, packets with a long header are only used during connection
 establishment.  Because the stateless reset token is not available
 until connection establishment is complete or near completion,
 ignoring an unknown packet with a long header might be as effective
 as sending a Stateless Reset.
 An endpoint cannot determine the Source Connection ID from a packet
 with a short header; therefore, it cannot set the Destination
 Connection ID in the Stateless Reset.  The Destination Connection ID
 will therefore differ from the value used in previous packets.  A
 random Destination Connection ID makes the connection ID appear to be
 the result of moving to a new connection ID that was provided using a
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame; see Section 19.15.
 Using a randomized connection ID results in two problems:
  • The packet might not reach the peer. If the Destination

Connection ID is critical for routing toward the peer, then this

    packet could be incorrectly routed.  This might also trigger
    another Stateless Reset in response; see Section 10.3.3.  A
    Stateless Reset that is not correctly routed is an ineffective
    error detection and recovery mechanism.  In this case, endpoints
    will need to rely on other methods -- such as timers -- to detect
    that the connection has failed.
  • The randomly generated connection ID can be used by entities other

than the peer to identify this as a potential Stateless Reset. An

    endpoint that occasionally uses different connection IDs might
    introduce some uncertainty about this.
 This stateless reset design is specific to QUIC version 1.  An
 endpoint that supports multiple versions of QUIC needs to generate a
 Stateless Reset that will be accepted by peers that support any
 version that the endpoint might support (or might have supported
 prior to losing state).  Designers of new versions of QUIC need to be
 aware of this and either (1) reuse this design or (2) use a portion
 of the packet other than the last 16 bytes for carrying data.

10.3.1. Detecting a Stateless Reset

 An endpoint detects a potential Stateless Reset using the trailing 16
 bytes of the UDP datagram.  An endpoint remembers all stateless reset
 tokens associated with the connection IDs and remote addresses for
 datagrams it has recently sent.  This includes Stateless Reset Token
 field values from NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames and the server's transport
 parameters but excludes stateless reset tokens associated with
 connection IDs that are either unused or retired.  The endpoint
 identifies a received datagram as a Stateless Reset by comparing the
 last 16 bytes of the datagram with all stateless reset tokens
 associated with the remote address on which the datagram was
 received.
 This comparison can be performed for every inbound datagram.
 Endpoints MAY skip this check if any packet from a datagram is
 successfully processed.  However, the comparison MUST be performed
 when the first packet in an incoming datagram either cannot be
 associated with a connection or cannot be decrypted.
 An endpoint MUST NOT check for any stateless reset tokens associated
 with connection IDs it has not used or for connection IDs that have
 been retired.
 When comparing a datagram to stateless reset token values, endpoints
 MUST perform the comparison without leaking information about the
 value of the token.  For example, performing this comparison in
 constant time protects the value of individual stateless reset tokens
 from information leakage through timing side channels.  Another
 approach would be to store and compare the transformed values of
 stateless reset tokens instead of the raw token values, where the
 transformation is defined as a cryptographically secure pseudorandom
 function using a secret key (e.g., block cipher, Hashed Message
 Authentication Code (HMAC) [RFC2104]).  An endpoint is not expected
 to protect information about whether a packet was successfully
 decrypted or the number of valid stateless reset tokens.
 If the last 16 bytes of the datagram are identical in value to a
 stateless reset token, the endpoint MUST enter the draining period
 and not send any further packets on this connection.

10.3.2. Calculating a Stateless Reset Token

 The stateless reset token MUST be difficult to guess.  In order to
 create a stateless reset token, an endpoint could randomly generate
 [RANDOM] a secret for every connection that it creates.  However,
 this presents a coordination problem when there are multiple
 instances in a cluster or a storage problem for an endpoint that
 might lose state.  Stateless reset specifically exists to handle the
 case where state is lost, so this approach is suboptimal.
 A single static key can be used across all connections to the same
 endpoint by generating the proof using a pseudorandom function that
 takes a static key and the connection ID chosen by the endpoint (see
 Section 5.1) as input.  An endpoint could use HMAC [RFC2104] (for
 example, HMAC(static_key, connection_id)) or the HMAC-based Key
 Derivation Function (HKDF) [RFC5869] (for example, using the static
 key as input keying material, with the connection ID as salt).  The
 output of this function is truncated to 16 bytes to produce the
 stateless reset token for that connection.
 An endpoint that loses state can use the same method to generate a
 valid stateless reset token.  The connection ID comes from the packet
 that the endpoint receives.
 This design relies on the peer always sending a connection ID in its
 packets so that the endpoint can use the connection ID from a packet
 to reset the connection.  An endpoint that uses this design MUST
 either use the same connection ID length for all connections or
 encode the length of the connection ID such that it can be recovered
 without state.  In addition, it cannot provide a zero-length
 connection ID.
 Revealing the stateless reset token allows any entity to terminate
 the connection, so a value can only be used once.  This method for
 choosing the stateless reset token means that the combination of
 connection ID and static key MUST NOT be used for another connection.
 A denial-of-service attack is possible if the same connection ID is
 used by instances that share a static key or if an attacker can cause
 a packet to be routed to an instance that has no state but the same
 static key; see Section 21.11.  A connection ID from a connection
 that is reset by revealing the stateless reset token MUST NOT be
 reused for new connections at nodes that share a static key.
 The same stateless reset token MUST NOT be used for multiple
 connection IDs.  Endpoints are not required to compare new values
 against all previous values, but a duplicate value MAY be treated as
 a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 Note that Stateless Resets do not have any cryptographic protection.

10.3.3. Looping

 The design of a Stateless Reset is such that without knowing the
 stateless reset token it is indistinguishable from a valid packet.
 For instance, if a server sends a Stateless Reset to another server,
 it might receive another Stateless Reset in response, which could
 lead to an infinite exchange.
 An endpoint MUST ensure that every Stateless Reset that it sends is
 smaller than the packet that triggered it, unless it maintains state
 sufficient to prevent looping.  In the event of a loop, this results
 in packets eventually being too small to trigger a response.
 An endpoint can remember the number of Stateless Resets that it has
 sent and stop generating new Stateless Resets once a limit is
 reached.  Using separate limits for different remote addresses will
 ensure that Stateless Resets can be used to close connections when
 other peers or connections have exhausted limits.
 A Stateless Reset that is smaller than 41 bytes might be identifiable
 as a Stateless Reset by an observer, depending upon the length of the
 peer's connection IDs.  Conversely, not sending a Stateless Reset in
 response to a small packet might result in Stateless Resets not being
 useful in detecting cases of broken connections where only very small
 packets are sent; such failures might only be detected by other
 means, such as timers.

11. Error Handling

 An endpoint that detects an error SHOULD signal the existence of that
 error to its peer.  Both transport-level and application-level errors
 can affect an entire connection; see Section 11.1.  Only application-
 level errors can be isolated to a single stream; see Section 11.2.
 The most appropriate error code (Section 20) SHOULD be included in
 the frame that signals the error.  Where this specification
 identifies error conditions, it also identifies the error code that
 is used; though these are worded as requirements, different
 implementation strategies might lead to different errors being
 reported.  In particular, an endpoint MAY use any applicable error
 code when it detects an error condition; a generic error code (such
 as PROTOCOL_VIOLATION or INTERNAL_ERROR) can always be used in place
 of specific error codes.
 A stateless reset (Section 10.3) is not suitable for any error that
 can be signaled with a CONNECTION_CLOSE or RESET_STREAM frame.  A
 stateless reset MUST NOT be used by an endpoint that has the state
 necessary to send a frame on the connection.

11.1. Connection Errors

 Errors that result in the connection being unusable, such as an
 obvious violation of protocol semantics or corruption of state that
 affects an entire connection, MUST be signaled using a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame (Section 19.19).
 Application-specific protocol errors are signaled using the
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a frame type of 0x1d.  Errors that are
 specific to the transport, including all those described in this
 document, are carried in the CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a frame type
 of 0x1c.
 A CONNECTION_CLOSE frame could be sent in a packet that is lost.  An
 endpoint SHOULD be prepared to retransmit a packet containing a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame if it receives more packets on a terminated
 connection.  Limiting the number of retransmissions and the time over
 which this final packet is sent limits the effort expended on
 terminated connections.
 An endpoint that chooses not to retransmit packets containing a
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame risks a peer missing the first such packet.
 The only mechanism available to an endpoint that continues to receive
 data for a terminated connection is to attempt the stateless reset
 process (Section 10.3).
 As the AEAD for Initial packets does not provide strong
 authentication, an endpoint MAY discard an invalid Initial packet.
 Discarding an Initial packet is permitted even where this
 specification otherwise mandates a connection error.  An endpoint can
 only discard a packet if it does not process the frames in the packet
 or reverts the effects of any processing.  Discarding invalid Initial
 packets might be used to reduce exposure to denial of service; see
 Section 21.2.

11.2. Stream Errors

 If an application-level error affects a single stream but otherwise
 leaves the connection in a recoverable state, the endpoint can send a
 RESET_STREAM frame (Section 19.4) with an appropriate error code to
 terminate just the affected stream.
 Resetting a stream without the involvement of the application
 protocol could cause the application protocol to enter an
 unrecoverable state.  RESET_STREAM MUST only be instigated by the
 application protocol that uses QUIC.
 The semantics of the application error code carried in RESET_STREAM
 are defined by the application protocol.  Only the application
 protocol is able to cause a stream to be terminated.  A local
 instance of the application protocol uses a direct API call, and a
 remote instance uses the STOP_SENDING frame, which triggers an
 automatic RESET_STREAM.
 Application protocols SHOULD define rules for handling streams that
 are prematurely canceled by either endpoint.

12. Packets and Frames

 QUIC endpoints communicate by exchanging packets.  Packets have
 confidentiality and integrity protection; see Section 12.1.  Packets
 are carried in UDP datagrams; see Section 12.2.
 This version of QUIC uses the long packet header during connection
 establishment; see Section 17.2.  Packets with the long header are
 Initial (Section 17.2.2), 0-RTT (Section 17.2.3), Handshake
 (Section 17.2.4), and Retry (Section 17.2.5).  Version negotiation
 uses a version-independent packet with a long header; see
 Section 17.2.1.
 Packets with the short header are designed for minimal overhead and
 are used after a connection is established and 1-RTT keys are
 available; see Section 17.3.

12.1. Protected Packets

 QUIC packets have different levels of cryptographic protection based
 on the type of packet.  Details of packet protection are found in
 [QUIC-TLS]; this section includes an overview of the protections that
 are provided.
 Version Negotiation packets have no cryptographic protection; see
 [QUIC-INVARIANTS].
 Retry packets use an AEAD function [AEAD] to protect against
 accidental modification.
 Initial packets use an AEAD function, the keys for which are derived
 using a value that is visible on the wire.  Initial packets therefore
 do not have effective confidentiality protection.  Initial protection
 exists to ensure that the sender of the packet is on the network
 path.  Any entity that receives an Initial packet from a client can
 recover the keys that will allow them to both read the contents of
 the packet and generate Initial packets that will be successfully
 authenticated at either endpoint.  The AEAD also protects Initial
 packets against accidental modification.
 All other packets are protected with keys derived from the
 cryptographic handshake.  The cryptographic handshake ensures that
 only the communicating endpoints receive the corresponding keys for
 Handshake, 0-RTT, and 1-RTT packets.  Packets protected with 0-RTT
 and 1-RTT keys have strong confidentiality and integrity protection.
 The Packet Number field that appears in some packet types has
 alternative confidentiality protection that is applied as part of
 header protection; see Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS] for details.  The
 underlying packet number increases with each packet sent in a given
 packet number space; see Section 12.3 for details.

12.2. Coalescing Packets

 Initial (Section 17.2.2), 0-RTT (Section 17.2.3), and Handshake
 (Section 17.2.4) packets contain a Length field that determines the
 end of the packet.  The length includes both the Packet Number and
 Payload fields, both of which are confidentiality protected and
 initially of unknown length.  The length of the Payload field is
 learned once header protection is removed.
 Using the Length field, a sender can coalesce multiple QUIC packets
 into one UDP datagram.  This can reduce the number of UDP datagrams
 needed to complete the cryptographic handshake and start sending
 data.  This can also be used to construct Path Maximum Transmission
 Unit (PMTU) probes; see Section 14.4.1.  Receivers MUST be able to
 process coalesced packets.
 Coalescing packets in order of increasing encryption levels (Initial,
 0-RTT, Handshake, 1-RTT; see Section 4.1.4 of [QUIC-TLS]) makes it
 more likely that the receiver will be able to process all the packets
 in a single pass.  A packet with a short header does not include a
 length, so it can only be the last packet included in a UDP datagram.
 An endpoint SHOULD include multiple frames in a single packet if they
 are to be sent at the same encryption level, instead of coalescing
 multiple packets at the same encryption level.
 Receivers MAY route based on the information in the first packet
 contained in a UDP datagram.  Senders MUST NOT coalesce QUIC packets
 with different connection IDs into a single UDP datagram.  Receivers
 SHOULD ignore any subsequent packets with a different Destination
 Connection ID than the first packet in the datagram.
 Every QUIC packet that is coalesced into a single UDP datagram is
 separate and complete.  The receiver of coalesced QUIC packets MUST
 individually process each QUIC packet and separately acknowledge
 them, as if they were received as the payload of different UDP
 datagrams.  For example, if decryption fails (because the keys are
 not available or for any other reason), the receiver MAY either
 discard or buffer the packet for later processing and MUST attempt to
 process the remaining packets.
 Retry packets (Section 17.2.5), Version Negotiation packets
 (Section 17.2.1), and packets with a short header (Section 17.3) do
 not contain a Length field and so cannot be followed by other packets
 in the same UDP datagram.  Note also that there is no situation where
 a Retry or Version Negotiation packet is coalesced with another
 packet.

12.3. Packet Numbers

 The packet number is an integer in the range 0 to 2^62-1.  This
 number is used in determining the cryptographic nonce for packet
 protection.  Each endpoint maintains a separate packet number for
 sending and receiving.
 Packet numbers are limited to this range because they need to be
 representable in whole in the Largest Acknowledged field of an ACK
 frame (Section 19.3).  When present in a long or short header,
 however, packet numbers are reduced and encoded in 1 to 4 bytes; see
 Section 17.1.
 Version Negotiation (Section 17.2.1) and Retry (Section 17.2.5)
 packets do not include a packet number.
 Packet numbers are divided into three spaces in QUIC:
 Initial space:  All Initial packets (Section 17.2.2) are in this
    space.
 Handshake space:  All Handshake packets (Section 17.2.4) are in this
    space.
 Application data space:  All 0-RTT (Section 17.2.3) and 1-RTT
    (Section 17.3.1) packets are in this space.
 As described in [QUIC-TLS], each packet type uses different
 protection keys.
 Conceptually, a packet number space is the context in which a packet
 can be processed and acknowledged.  Initial packets can only be sent
 with Initial packet protection keys and acknowledged in packets that
 are also Initial packets.  Similarly, Handshake packets are sent at
 the Handshake encryption level and can only be acknowledged in
 Handshake packets.
 This enforces cryptographic separation between the data sent in the
 different packet number spaces.  Packet numbers in each space start
 at packet number 0.  Subsequent packets sent in the same packet
 number space MUST increase the packet number by at least one.
 0-RTT and 1-RTT data exist in the same packet number space to make
 loss recovery algorithms easier to implement between the two packet
 types.
 A QUIC endpoint MUST NOT reuse a packet number within the same packet
 number space in one connection.  If the packet number for sending
 reaches 2^62-1, the sender MUST close the connection without sending
 a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame or any further packets; an endpoint MAY send
 a Stateless Reset (Section 10.3) in response to further packets that
 it receives.
 A receiver MUST discard a newly unprotected packet unless it is
 certain that it has not processed another packet with the same packet
 number from the same packet number space.  Duplicate suppression MUST
 happen after removing packet protection for the reasons described in
 Section 9.5 of [QUIC-TLS].
 Endpoints that track all individual packets for the purposes of
 detecting duplicates are at risk of accumulating excessive state.
 The data required for detecting duplicates can be limited by
 maintaining a minimum packet number below which all packets are
 immediately dropped.  Any minimum needs to account for large
 variations in round-trip time, which includes the possibility that a
 peer might probe network paths with much larger round-trip times; see
 Section 9.
 Packet number encoding at a sender and decoding at a receiver are
 described in Section 17.1.

12.4. Frames and Frame Types

 The payload of QUIC packets, after removing packet protection,
 consists of a sequence of complete frames, as shown in Figure 11.
 Version Negotiation, Stateless Reset, and Retry packets do not
 contain frames.
 Packet Payload {
   Frame (8..) ...,
 }
                        Figure 11: QUIC Payload
 The payload of a packet that contains frames MUST contain at least
 one frame, and MAY contain multiple frames and multiple frame types.
 An endpoint MUST treat receipt of a packet containing no frames as a
 connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.  Frames always fit
 within a single QUIC packet and cannot span multiple packets.
 Each frame begins with a Frame Type, indicating its type, followed by
 additional type-dependent fields:
 Frame {
   Frame Type (i),
   Type-Dependent Fields (..),
 }
                    Figure 12: Generic Frame Layout
 Table 3 lists and summarizes information about each frame type that
 is defined in this specification.  A description of this summary is
 included after the table.
  +============+======================+===============+======+======+
  | Type Value | Frame Type Name      | Definition    | Pkts | Spec |
  +============+======================+===============+======+======+
  | 0x00       | PADDING              | Section 19.1  | IH01 | NP   |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x01       | PING                 | Section 19.2  | IH01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x02-0x03  | ACK                  | Section 19.3  | IH_1 | NC   |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x04       | RESET_STREAM         | Section 19.4  | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x05       | STOP_SENDING         | Section 19.5  | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x06       | CRYPTO               | Section 19.6  | IH_1 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x07       | NEW_TOKEN            | Section 19.7  | ___1 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x08-0x0f  | STREAM               | Section 19.8  | __01 | F    |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x10       | MAX_DATA             | Section 19.9  | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x11       | MAX_STREAM_DATA      | Section 19.10 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x12-0x13  | MAX_STREAMS          | Section 19.11 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x14       | DATA_BLOCKED         | Section 19.12 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x15       | STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED  | Section 19.13 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x16-0x17  | STREAMS_BLOCKED      | Section 19.14 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x18       | NEW_CONNECTION_ID    | Section 19.15 | __01 | P    |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x19       | RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID | Section 19.16 | __01 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x1a       | PATH_CHALLENGE       | Section 19.17 | __01 | P    |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x1b       | PATH_RESPONSE        | Section 19.18 | ___1 | P    |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x1c-0x1d  | CONNECTION_CLOSE     | Section 19.19 | ih01 | N    |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
  | 0x1e       | HANDSHAKE_DONE       | Section 19.20 | ___1 |      |
  +------------+----------------------+---------------+------+------+
                          Table 3: Frame Types
 The format and semantics of each frame type are explained in more
 detail in Section 19.  The remainder of this section provides a
 summary of important and general information.
 The Frame Type in ACK, STREAM, MAX_STREAMS, STREAMS_BLOCKED, and
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames is used to carry other frame-specific flags.
 For all other frames, the Frame Type field simply identifies the
 frame.
 The "Pkts" column in Table 3 lists the types of packets that each
 frame type could appear in, indicated by the following characters:
 I:   Initial (Section 17.2.2)
 H:   Handshake (Section 17.2.4)
 0:   0-RTT (Section 17.2.3)
 1:   1-RTT (Section 17.3.1)
 ih:  Only a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame of type 0x1c can appear in Initial
      or Handshake packets.
 For more details about these restrictions, see Section 12.5.  Note
 that all frames can appear in 1-RTT packets.  An endpoint MUST treat
 receipt of a frame in a packet type that is not permitted as a
 connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 The "Spec" column in Table 3 summarizes any special rules governing
 the processing or generation of the frame type, as indicated by the
 following characters:
 N:   Packets containing only frames with this marking are not ack-
      eliciting; see Section 13.2.
 C:   Packets containing only frames with this marking do not count
      toward bytes in flight for congestion control purposes; see
      [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 P:   Packets containing only frames with this marking can be used to
      probe new network paths during connection migration; see
      Section 9.1.
 F:   The contents of frames with this marking are flow controlled;
      see Section 4.
 The "Pkts" and "Spec" columns in Table 3 do not form part of the IANA
 registry; see Section 22.4.
 An endpoint MUST treat the receipt of a frame of unknown type as a
 connection error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.
 All frames are idempotent in this version of QUIC.  That is, a valid
 frame does not cause undesirable side effects or errors when received
 more than once.
 The Frame Type field uses a variable-length integer encoding (see
 Section 16), with one exception.  To ensure simple and efficient
 implementations of frame parsing, a frame type MUST use the shortest
 possible encoding.  For frame types defined in this document, this
 means a single-byte encoding, even though it is possible to encode
 these values as a two-, four-, or eight-byte variable-length integer.
 For instance, though 0x4001 is a legitimate two-byte encoding for a
 variable-length integer with a value of 1, PING frames are always
 encoded as a single byte with the value 0x01.  This rule applies to
 all current and future QUIC frame types.  An endpoint MAY treat the
 receipt of a frame type that uses a longer encoding than necessary as
 a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

12.5. Frames and Number Spaces

 Some frames are prohibited in different packet number spaces.  The
 rules here generalize those of TLS, in that frames associated with
 establishing the connection can usually appear in packets in any
 packet number space, whereas those associated with transferring data
 can only appear in the application data packet number space:
  • PADDING, PING, and CRYPTO frames MAY appear in any packet number

space.

  • CONNECTION_CLOSE frames signaling errors at the QUIC layer (type

0x1c) MAY appear in any packet number space. CONNECTION_CLOSE

    frames signaling application errors (type 0x1d) MUST only appear
    in the application data packet number space.
  • ACK frames MAY appear in any packet number space but can only

acknowledge packets that appeared in that packet number space.

    However, as noted below, 0-RTT packets cannot contain ACK frames.
  • All other frame types MUST only be sent in the application data

packet number space.

 Note that it is not possible to send the following frames in 0-RTT
 packets for various reasons: ACK, CRYPTO, HANDSHAKE_DONE, NEW_TOKEN,
 PATH_RESPONSE, and RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID.  A server MAY treat receipt
 of these frames in 0-RTT packets as a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

13. Packetization and Reliability

 A sender sends one or more frames in a QUIC packet; see Section 12.4.
 A sender can minimize per-packet bandwidth and computational costs by
 including as many frames as possible in each QUIC packet.  A sender
 MAY wait for a short period of time to collect multiple frames before
 sending a packet that is not maximally packed, to avoid sending out
 large numbers of small packets.  An implementation MAY use knowledge
 about application sending behavior or heuristics to determine whether
 and for how long to wait.  This waiting period is an implementation
 decision, and an implementation should be careful to delay
 conservatively, since any delay is likely to increase application-
 visible latency.
 Stream multiplexing is achieved by interleaving STREAM frames from
 multiple streams into one or more QUIC packets.  A single QUIC packet
 can include multiple STREAM frames from one or more streams.
 One of the benefits of QUIC is avoidance of head-of-line blocking
 across multiple streams.  When a packet loss occurs, only streams
 with data in that packet are blocked waiting for a retransmission to
 be received, while other streams can continue making progress.  Note
 that when data from multiple streams is included in a single QUIC
 packet, loss of that packet blocks all those streams from making
 progress.  Implementations are advised to include as few streams as
 necessary in outgoing packets without losing transmission efficiency
 to underfilled packets.

13.1. Packet Processing

 A packet MUST NOT be acknowledged until packet protection has been
 successfully removed and all frames contained in the packet have been
 processed.  For STREAM frames, this means the data has been enqueued
 in preparation to be received by the application protocol, but it
 does not require that data be delivered and consumed.
 Once the packet has been fully processed, a receiver acknowledges
 receipt by sending one or more ACK frames containing the packet
 number of the received packet.
 An endpoint SHOULD treat receipt of an acknowledgment for a packet it
 did not send as a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION, if it
 is able to detect the condition.  For further discussion of how this
 might be achieved, see Section 21.4.

13.2. Generating Acknowledgments

 Endpoints acknowledge all packets they receive and process.  However,
 only ack-eliciting packets cause an ACK frame to be sent within the
 maximum ack delay.  Packets that are not ack-eliciting are only
 acknowledged when an ACK frame is sent for other reasons.
 When sending a packet for any reason, an endpoint SHOULD attempt to
 include an ACK frame if one has not been sent recently.  Doing so
 helps with timely loss detection at the peer.
 In general, frequent feedback from a receiver improves loss and
 congestion response, but this has to be balanced against excessive
 load generated by a receiver that sends an ACK frame in response to
 every ack-eliciting packet.  The guidance offered below seeks to
 strike this balance.

13.2.1. Sending ACK Frames

 Every packet SHOULD be acknowledged at least once, and ack-eliciting
 packets MUST be acknowledged at least once within the maximum delay
 an endpoint communicated using the max_ack_delay transport parameter;
 see Section 18.2.  max_ack_delay declares an explicit contract: an
 endpoint promises to never intentionally delay acknowledgments of an
 ack-eliciting packet by more than the indicated value.  If it does,
 any excess accrues to the RTT estimate and could result in spurious
 or delayed retransmissions from the peer.  A sender uses the
 receiver's max_ack_delay value in determining timeouts for timer-
 based retransmission, as detailed in Section 6.2 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 An endpoint MUST acknowledge all ack-eliciting Initial and Handshake
 packets immediately and all ack-eliciting 0-RTT and 1-RTT packets
 within its advertised max_ack_delay, with the following exception.
 Prior to handshake confirmation, an endpoint might not have packet
 protection keys for decrypting Handshake, 0-RTT, or 1-RTT packets
 when they are received.  It might therefore buffer them and
 acknowledge them when the requisite keys become available.
 Since packets containing only ACK frames are not congestion
 controlled, an endpoint MUST NOT send more than one such packet in
 response to receiving an ack-eliciting packet.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send a non-ack-eliciting packet in response to a
 non-ack-eliciting packet, even if there are packet gaps that precede
 the received packet.  This avoids an infinite feedback loop of
 acknowledgments, which could prevent the connection from ever
 becoming idle.  Non-ack-eliciting packets are eventually acknowledged
 when the endpoint sends an ACK frame in response to other events.
 An endpoint that is only sending ACK frames will not receive
 acknowledgments from its peer unless those acknowledgments are
 included in packets with ack-eliciting frames.  An endpoint SHOULD
 send an ACK frame with other frames when there are new ack-eliciting
 packets to acknowledge.  When only non-ack-eliciting packets need to
 be acknowledged, an endpoint MAY choose not to send an ACK frame with
 outgoing frames until an ack-eliciting packet has been received.
 An endpoint that is only sending non-ack-eliciting packets might
 choose to occasionally add an ack-eliciting frame to those packets to
 ensure that it receives an acknowledgment; see Section 13.2.4.  In
 that case, an endpoint MUST NOT send an ack-eliciting frame in all
 packets that would otherwise be non-ack-eliciting, to avoid an
 infinite feedback loop of acknowledgments.
 In order to assist loss detection at the sender, an endpoint SHOULD
 generate and send an ACK frame without delay when it receives an ack-
 eliciting packet either:
  • when the received packet has a packet number less than another

ack-eliciting packet that has been received, or

  • when the packet has a packet number larger than the highest-

numbered ack-eliciting packet that has been received and there are

    missing packets between that packet and this packet.
 Similarly, packets marked with the ECN Congestion Experienced (CE)
 codepoint in the IP header SHOULD be acknowledged immediately, to
 reduce the peer's response time to congestion events.
 The algorithms in [QUIC-RECOVERY] are expected to be resilient to
 receivers that do not follow the guidance offered above.  However, an
 implementation should only deviate from these requirements after
 careful consideration of the performance implications of a change,
 for connections made by the endpoint and for other users of the
 network.

13.2.2. Acknowledgment Frequency

 A receiver determines how frequently to send acknowledgments in
 response to ack-eliciting packets.  This determination involves a
 trade-off.
 Endpoints rely on timely acknowledgment to detect loss; see Section 6
 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].  Window-based congestion controllers, such as the
 one described in Section 7 of [QUIC-RECOVERY], rely on
 acknowledgments to manage their congestion window.  In both cases,
 delaying acknowledgments can adversely affect performance.
 On the other hand, reducing the frequency of packets that carry only
 acknowledgments reduces packet transmission and processing cost at
 both endpoints.  It can improve connection throughput on severely
 asymmetric links and reduce the volume of acknowledgment traffic
 using return path capacity; see Section 3 of [RFC3449].
 A receiver SHOULD send an ACK frame after receiving at least two ack-
 eliciting packets.  This recommendation is general in nature and
 consistent with recommendations for TCP endpoint behavior [RFC5681].
 Knowledge of network conditions, knowledge of the peer's congestion
 controller, or further research and experimentation might suggest
 alternative acknowledgment strategies with better performance
 characteristics.
 A receiver MAY process multiple available packets before determining
 whether to send an ACK frame in response.

13.2.3. Managing ACK Ranges

 When an ACK frame is sent, one or more ranges of acknowledged packets
 are included.  Including acknowledgments for older packets reduces
 the chance of spurious retransmissions caused by losing previously
 sent ACK frames, at the cost of larger ACK frames.
 ACK frames SHOULD always acknowledge the most recently received
 packets, and the more out of order the packets are, the more
 important it is to send an updated ACK frame quickly, to prevent the
 peer from declaring a packet as lost and spuriously retransmitting
 the frames it contains.  An ACK frame is expected to fit within a
 single QUIC packet.  If it does not, then older ranges (those with
 the smallest packet numbers) are omitted.
 A receiver limits the number of ACK Ranges (Section 19.3.1) it
 remembers and sends in ACK frames, both to limit the size of ACK
 frames and to avoid resource exhaustion.  After receiving
 acknowledgments for an ACK frame, the receiver SHOULD stop tracking
 those acknowledged ACK Ranges.  Senders can expect acknowledgments
 for most packets, but QUIC does not guarantee receipt of an
 acknowledgment for every packet that the receiver processes.
 It is possible that retaining many ACK Ranges could cause an ACK
 frame to become too large.  A receiver can discard unacknowledged ACK
 Ranges to limit ACK frame size, at the cost of increased
 retransmissions from the sender.  This is necessary if an ACK frame
 would be too large to fit in a packet.  Receivers MAY also limit ACK
 frame size further to preserve space for other frames or to limit the
 capacity that acknowledgments consume.
 A receiver MUST retain an ACK Range unless it can ensure that it will
 not subsequently accept packets with numbers in that range.
 Maintaining a minimum packet number that increases as ranges are
 discarded is one way to achieve this with minimal state.
 Receivers can discard all ACK Ranges, but they MUST retain the
 largest packet number that has been successfully processed, as that
 is used to recover packet numbers from subsequent packets; see
 Section 17.1.
 A receiver SHOULD include an ACK Range containing the largest
 received packet number in every ACK frame.  The Largest Acknowledged
 field is used in ECN validation at a sender, and including a lower
 value than what was included in a previous ACK frame could cause ECN
 to be unnecessarily disabled; see Section 13.4.2.
 Section 13.2.4 describes an exemplary approach for determining what
 packets to acknowledge in each ACK frame.  Though the goal of this
 algorithm is to generate an acknowledgment for every packet that is
 processed, it is still possible for acknowledgments to be lost.

13.2.4. Limiting Ranges by Tracking ACK Frames

 When a packet containing an ACK frame is sent, the Largest
 Acknowledged field in that frame can be saved.  When a packet
 containing an ACK frame is acknowledged, the receiver can stop
 acknowledging packets less than or equal to the Largest Acknowledged
 field in the sent ACK frame.
 A receiver that sends only non-ack-eliciting packets, such as ACK
 frames, might not receive an acknowledgment for a long period of
 time.  This could cause the receiver to maintain state for a large
 number of ACK frames for a long period of time, and ACK frames it
 sends could be unnecessarily large.  In such a case, a receiver could
 send a PING or other small ack-eliciting frame occasionally, such as
 once per round trip, to elicit an ACK from the peer.
 In cases without ACK frame loss, this algorithm allows for a minimum
 of 1 RTT of reordering.  In cases with ACK frame loss and reordering,
 this approach does not guarantee that every acknowledgment is seen by
 the sender before it is no longer included in the ACK frame.  Packets
 could be received out of order, and all subsequent ACK frames
 containing them could be lost.  In this case, the loss recovery
 algorithm could cause spurious retransmissions, but the sender will
 continue making forward progress.

13.2.5. Measuring and Reporting Host Delay

 An endpoint measures the delays intentionally introduced between the
 time the packet with the largest packet number is received and the
 time an acknowledgment is sent.  The endpoint encodes this
 acknowledgment delay in the ACK Delay field of an ACK frame; see
 Section 19.3.  This allows the receiver of the ACK frame to adjust
 for any intentional delays, which is important for getting a better
 estimate of the path RTT when acknowledgments are delayed.
 A packet might be held in the OS kernel or elsewhere on the host
 before being processed.  An endpoint MUST NOT include delays that it
 does not control when populating the ACK Delay field in an ACK frame.
 However, endpoints SHOULD include buffering delays caused by
 unavailability of decryption keys, since these delays can be large
 and are likely to be non-repeating.
 When the measured acknowledgment delay is larger than its
 max_ack_delay, an endpoint SHOULD report the measured delay.  This
 information is especially useful during the handshake when delays
 might be large; see Section 13.2.1.

13.2.6. ACK Frames and Packet Protection

 ACK frames MUST only be carried in a packet that has the same packet
 number space as the packet being acknowledged; see Section 12.1.  For
 instance, packets that are protected with 1-RTT keys MUST be
 acknowledged in packets that are also protected with 1-RTT keys.
 Packets that a client sends with 0-RTT packet protection MUST be
 acknowledged by the server in packets protected by 1-RTT keys.  This
 can mean that the client is unable to use these acknowledgments if
 the server cryptographic handshake messages are delayed or lost.
 Note that the same limitation applies to other data sent by the
 server protected by the 1-RTT keys.

13.2.7. PADDING Frames Consume Congestion Window

 Packets containing PADDING frames are considered to be in flight for
 congestion control purposes [QUIC-RECOVERY].  Packets containing only
 PADDING frames therefore consume congestion window but do not
 generate acknowledgments that will open the congestion window.  To
 avoid a deadlock, a sender SHOULD ensure that other frames are sent
 periodically in addition to PADDING frames to elicit acknowledgments
 from the receiver.

13.3. Retransmission of Information

 QUIC packets that are determined to be lost are not retransmitted
 whole.  The same applies to the frames that are contained within lost
 packets.  Instead, the information that might be carried in frames is
 sent again in new frames as needed.
 New frames and packets are used to carry information that is
 determined to have been lost.  In general, information is sent again
 when a packet containing that information is determined to be lost,
 and sending ceases when a packet containing that information is
 acknowledged.
  • Data sent in CRYPTO frames is retransmitted according to the rules

in [QUIC-RECOVERY], until all data has been acknowledged. Data in

    CRYPTO frames for Initial and Handshake packets is discarded when
    keys for the corresponding packet number space are discarded.
  • Application data sent in STREAM frames is retransmitted in new

STREAM frames unless the endpoint has sent a RESET_STREAM for that

    stream.  Once an endpoint sends a RESET_STREAM frame, no further
    STREAM frames are needed.
  • ACK frames carry the most recent set of acknowledgments and the

acknowledgment delay from the largest acknowledged packet, as

    described in Section 13.2.1.  Delaying the transmission of packets
    containing ACK frames or resending old ACK frames can cause the
    peer to generate an inflated RTT sample or unnecessarily disable
    ECN.
  • Cancellation of stream transmission, as carried in a RESET_STREAM

frame, is sent until acknowledged or until all stream data is

    acknowledged by the peer (that is, either the "Reset Recvd" or
    "Data Recvd" state is reached on the sending part of the stream).
    The content of a RESET_STREAM frame MUST NOT change when it is
    sent again.
  • Similarly, a request to cancel stream transmission, as encoded in

a STOP_SENDING frame, is sent until the receiving part of the

    stream enters either a "Data Recvd" or "Reset Recvd" state; see
    Section 3.5.
  • Connection close signals, including packets that contain

CONNECTION_CLOSE frames, are not sent again when packet loss is

    detected.  Resending these signals is described in Section 10.
  • The current connection maximum data is sent in MAX_DATA frames.

An updated value is sent in a MAX_DATA frame if the packet

    containing the most recently sent MAX_DATA frame is declared lost
    or when the endpoint decides to update the limit.  Care is
    necessary to avoid sending this frame too often, as the limit can
    increase frequently and cause an unnecessarily large number of
    MAX_DATA frames to be sent; see Section 4.2.
  • The current maximum stream data offset is sent in MAX_STREAM_DATA

frames. Like MAX_DATA, an updated value is sent when the packet

    containing the most recent MAX_STREAM_DATA frame for a stream is
    lost or when the limit is updated, with care taken to prevent the
    frame from being sent too often.  An endpoint SHOULD stop sending
    MAX_STREAM_DATA frames when the receiving part of the stream
    enters a "Size Known" or "Reset Recvd" state.
  • The limit on streams of a given type is sent in MAX_STREAMS

frames. Like MAX_DATA, an updated value is sent when a packet

    containing the most recent MAX_STREAMS for a stream type frame is
    declared lost or when the limit is updated, with care taken to
    prevent the frame from being sent too often.
  • Blocked signals are carried in DATA_BLOCKED, STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED,

and STREAMS_BLOCKED frames. DATA_BLOCKED frames have connection

    scope, STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames have stream scope, and
    STREAMS_BLOCKED frames are scoped to a specific stream type.  A
    new frame is sent if a packet containing the most recent frame for
    a scope is lost, but only while the endpoint is blocked on the
    corresponding limit.  These frames always include the limit that
    is causing blocking at the time that they are transmitted.
  • A liveness or path validation check using PATH_CHALLENGE frames is

sent periodically until a matching PATH_RESPONSE frame is received

    or until there is no remaining need for liveness or path
    validation checking.  PATH_CHALLENGE frames include a different
    payload each time they are sent.
  • Responses to path validation using PATH_RESPONSE frames are sent

just once. The peer is expected to send more PATH_CHALLENGE

    frames as necessary to evoke additional PATH_RESPONSE frames.
  • New connection IDs are sent in NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames and

retransmitted if the packet containing them is lost.

    Retransmissions of this frame carry the same sequence number
    value.  Likewise, retired connection IDs are sent in
    RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames and retransmitted if the packet
    containing them is lost.
  • NEW_TOKEN frames are retransmitted if the packet containing them

is lost. No special support is made for detecting reordered and

    duplicated NEW_TOKEN frames other than a direct comparison of the
    frame contents.
  • PING and PADDING frames contain no information, so lost PING or

PADDING frames do not require repair.

  • The HANDSHAKE_DONE frame MUST be retransmitted until it is

acknowledged.

 Endpoints SHOULD prioritize retransmission of data over sending new
 data, unless priorities specified by the application indicate
 otherwise; see Section 2.3.
 Even though a sender is encouraged to assemble frames containing up-
 to-date information every time it sends a packet, it is not forbidden
 to retransmit copies of frames from lost packets.  A sender that
 retransmits copies of frames needs to handle decreases in available
 payload size due to changes in packet number length, connection ID
 length, and path MTU.  A receiver MUST accept packets containing an
 outdated frame, such as a MAX_DATA frame carrying a smaller maximum
 data value than one found in an older packet.
 A sender SHOULD avoid retransmitting information from packets once
 they are acknowledged.  This includes packets that are acknowledged
 after being declared lost, which can happen in the presence of
 network reordering.  Doing so requires senders to retain information
 about packets after they are declared lost.  A sender can discard
 this information after a period of time elapses that adequately
 allows for reordering, such as a PTO (Section 6.2 of
 [QUIC-RECOVERY]), or based on other events, such as reaching a memory
 limit.
 Upon detecting losses, a sender MUST take appropriate congestion
 control action.  The details of loss detection and congestion control
 are described in [QUIC-RECOVERY].

13.4. Explicit Congestion Notification

 QUIC endpoints can use ECN [RFC3168] to detect and respond to network
 congestion.  ECN allows an endpoint to set an ECN-Capable Transport
 (ECT) codepoint in the ECN field of an IP packet.  A network node can
 then indicate congestion by setting the ECN-CE codepoint in the ECN
 field instead of dropping the packet [RFC8087].  Endpoints react to
 reported congestion by reducing their sending rate in response, as
 described in [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 To enable ECN, a sending QUIC endpoint first determines whether a
 path supports ECN marking and whether the peer reports the ECN values
 in received IP headers; see Section 13.4.2.

13.4.1. Reporting ECN Counts

 The use of ECN requires the receiving endpoint to read the ECN field
 from an IP packet, which is not possible on all platforms.  If an
 endpoint does not implement ECN support or does not have access to
 received ECN fields, it does not report ECN counts for packets it
 receives.
 Even if an endpoint does not set an ECT field in packets it sends,
 the endpoint MUST provide feedback about ECN markings it receives, if
 these are accessible.  Failing to report the ECN counts will cause
 the sender to disable the use of ECN for this connection.
 On receiving an IP packet with an ECT(0), ECT(1), or ECN-CE
 codepoint, an ECN-enabled endpoint accesses the ECN field and
 increases the corresponding ECT(0), ECT(1), or ECN-CE count.  These
 ECN counts are included in subsequent ACK frames; see Sections 13.2
 and 19.3.
 Each packet number space maintains separate acknowledgment state and
 separate ECN counts.  Coalesced QUIC packets (see Section 12.2) share
 the same IP header so the ECN counts are incremented once for each
 coalesced QUIC packet.
 For example, if one each of an Initial, Handshake, and 1-RTT QUIC
 packet are coalesced into a single UDP datagram, the ECN counts for
 all three packet number spaces will be incremented by one each, based
 on the ECN field of the single IP header.
 ECN counts are only incremented when QUIC packets from the received
 IP packet are processed.  As such, duplicate QUIC packets are not
 processed and do not increase ECN counts; see Section 21.10 for
 relevant security concerns.

13.4.2. ECN Validation

 It is possible for faulty network devices to corrupt or erroneously
 drop packets that carry a non-zero ECN codepoint.  To ensure
 connectivity in the presence of such devices, an endpoint validates
 the ECN counts for each network path and disables the use of ECN on
 that path if errors are detected.
 To perform ECN validation for a new path:
  • The endpoint sets an ECT(0) codepoint in the IP header of early

outgoing packets sent on a new path to the peer [RFC8311].

  • The endpoint monitors whether all packets sent with an ECT

codepoint are eventually deemed lost (Section 6 of

    [QUIC-RECOVERY]), indicating that ECN validation has failed.
 If an endpoint has cause to expect that IP packets with an ECT
 codepoint might be dropped by a faulty network element, the endpoint
 could set an ECT codepoint for only the first ten outgoing packets on
 a path, or for a period of three PTOs (see Section 6.2 of
 [QUIC-RECOVERY]).  If all packets marked with non-zero ECN codepoints
 are subsequently lost, it can disable marking on the assumption that
 the marking caused the loss.
 An endpoint thus attempts to use ECN and validates this for each new
 connection, when switching to a server's preferred address, and on
 active connection migration to a new path.  Appendix A.4 describes
 one possible algorithm.
 Other methods of probing paths for ECN support are possible, as are
 different marking strategies.  Implementations MAY use other methods
 defined in RFCs; see [RFC8311].  Implementations that use the ECT(1)
 codepoint need to perform ECN validation using the reported ECT(1)
 counts.

13.4.2.1. Receiving ACK Frames with ECN Counts

 Erroneous application of ECN-CE markings by the network can result in
 degraded connection performance.  An endpoint that receives an ACK
 frame with ECN counts therefore validates the counts before using
 them.  It performs this validation by comparing newly received counts
 against those from the last successfully processed ACK frame.  Any
 increase in the ECN counts is validated based on the ECN markings
 that were applied to packets that are newly acknowledged in the ACK
 frame.
 If an ACK frame newly acknowledges a packet that the endpoint sent
 with either the ECT(0) or ECT(1) codepoint set, ECN validation fails
 if the corresponding ECN counts are not present in the ACK frame.
 This check detects a network element that zeroes the ECN field or a
 peer that does not report ECN markings.
 ECN validation also fails if the sum of the increase in ECT(0) and
 ECN-CE counts is less than the number of newly acknowledged packets
 that were originally sent with an ECT(0) marking.  Similarly, ECN
 validation fails if the sum of the increases to ECT(1) and ECN-CE
 counts is less than the number of newly acknowledged packets sent
 with an ECT(1) marking.  These checks can detect remarking of ECN-CE
 markings by the network.
 An endpoint could miss acknowledgments for a packet when ACK frames
 are lost.  It is therefore possible for the total increase in ECT(0),
 ECT(1), and ECN-CE counts to be greater than the number of packets
 that are newly acknowledged by an ACK frame.  This is why ECN counts
 are permitted to be larger than the total number of packets that are
 acknowledged.
 Validating ECN counts from reordered ACK frames can result in
 failure.  An endpoint MUST NOT fail ECN validation as a result of
 processing an ACK frame that does not increase the largest
 acknowledged packet number.
 ECN validation can fail if the received total count for either ECT(0)
 or ECT(1) exceeds the total number of packets sent with each
 corresponding ECT codepoint.  In particular, validation will fail
 when an endpoint receives a non-zero ECN count corresponding to an
 ECT codepoint that it never applied.  This check detects when packets
 are remarked to ECT(0) or ECT(1) in the network.

13.4.2.2. ECN Validation Outcomes

 If validation fails, then the endpoint MUST disable ECN.  It stops
 setting the ECT codepoint in IP packets that it sends, assuming that
 either the network path or the peer does not support ECN.
 Even if validation fails, an endpoint MAY revalidate ECN for the same
 path at any later time in the connection.  An endpoint could continue
 to periodically attempt validation.
 Upon successful validation, an endpoint MAY continue to set an ECT
 codepoint in subsequent packets it sends, with the expectation that
 the path is ECN capable.  Network routing and path elements can
 change mid-connection; an endpoint MUST disable ECN if validation
 later fails.

14. Datagram Size

 A UDP datagram can include one or more QUIC packets.  The datagram
 size refers to the total UDP payload size of a single UDP datagram
 carrying QUIC packets.  The datagram size includes one or more QUIC
 packet headers and protected payloads, but not the UDP or IP headers.
 The maximum datagram size is defined as the largest size of UDP
 payload that can be sent across a network path using a single UDP
 datagram.  QUIC MUST NOT be used if the network path cannot support a
 maximum datagram size of at least 1200 bytes.
 QUIC assumes a minimum IP packet size of at least 1280 bytes.  This
 is the IPv6 minimum size [IPv6] and is also supported by most modern
 IPv4 networks.  Assuming the minimum IP header size of 40 bytes for
 IPv6 and 20 bytes for IPv4 and a UDP header size of 8 bytes, this
 results in a maximum datagram size of 1232 bytes for IPv6 and 1252
 bytes for IPv4.  Thus, modern IPv4 and all IPv6 network paths are
 expected to be able to support QUIC.
    |  Note: This requirement to support a UDP payload of 1200 bytes
    |  limits the space available for IPv6 extension headers to 32
    |  bytes or IPv4 options to 52 bytes if the path only supports the
    |  IPv6 minimum MTU of 1280 bytes.  This affects Initial packets
    |  and path validation.
 Any maximum datagram size larger than 1200 bytes can be discovered
 using Path Maximum Transmission Unit Discovery (PMTUD) (see
 Section 14.2.1) or Datagram Packetization Layer PMTU Discovery
 (DPLPMTUD) (see Section 14.3).
 Enforcement of the max_udp_payload_size transport parameter
 (Section 18.2) might act as an additional limit on the maximum
 datagram size.  A sender can avoid exceeding this limit, once the
 value is known.  However, prior to learning the value of the
 transport parameter, endpoints risk datagrams being lost if they send
 datagrams larger than the smallest allowed maximum datagram size of
 1200 bytes.
 UDP datagrams MUST NOT be fragmented at the IP layer.  In IPv4
 [IPv4], the Don't Fragment (DF) bit MUST be set if possible, to
 prevent fragmentation on the path.
 QUIC sometimes requires datagrams to be no smaller than a certain
 size; see Section 8.1 as an example.  However, the size of a datagram
 is not authenticated.  That is, if an endpoint receives a datagram of
 a certain size, it cannot know that the sender sent the datagram at
 the same size.  Therefore, an endpoint MUST NOT close a connection
 when it receives a datagram that does not meet size constraints; the
 endpoint MAY discard such datagrams.

14.1. Initial Datagram Size

 A client MUST expand the payload of all UDP datagrams carrying
 Initial packets to at least the smallest allowed maximum datagram
 size of 1200 bytes by adding PADDING frames to the Initial packet or
 by coalescing the Initial packet; see Section 12.2.  Initial packets
 can even be coalesced with invalid packets, which a receiver will
 discard.  Similarly, a server MUST expand the payload of all UDP
 datagrams carrying ack-eliciting Initial packets to at least the
 smallest allowed maximum datagram size of 1200 bytes.
 Sending UDP datagrams of this size ensures that the network path
 supports a reasonable Path Maximum Transmission Unit (PMTU), in both
 directions.  Additionally, a client that expands Initial packets
 helps reduce the amplitude of amplification attacks caused by server
 responses toward an unverified client address; see Section 8.
 Datagrams containing Initial packets MAY exceed 1200 bytes if the
 sender believes that the network path and peer both support the size
 that it chooses.
 A server MUST discard an Initial packet that is carried in a UDP
 datagram with a payload that is smaller than the smallest allowed
 maximum datagram size of 1200 bytes.  A server MAY also immediately
 close the connection by sending a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with an
 error code of PROTOCOL_VIOLATION; see Section 10.2.3.
 The server MUST also limit the number of bytes it sends before
 validating the address of the client; see Section 8.

14.2. Path Maximum Transmission Unit

 The PMTU is the maximum size of the entire IP packet, including the
 IP header, UDP header, and UDP payload.  The UDP payload includes one
 or more QUIC packet headers and protected payloads.  The PMTU can
 depend on path characteristics and can therefore change over time.
 The largest UDP payload an endpoint sends at any given time is
 referred to as the endpoint's maximum datagram size.
 An endpoint SHOULD use DPLPMTUD (Section 14.3) or PMTUD
 (Section 14.2.1) to determine whether the path to a destination will
 support a desired maximum datagram size without fragmentation.  In
 the absence of these mechanisms, QUIC endpoints SHOULD NOT send
 datagrams larger than the smallest allowed maximum datagram size.
 Both DPLPMTUD and PMTUD send datagrams that are larger than the
 current maximum datagram size, referred to as PMTU probes.  All QUIC
 packets that are not sent in a PMTU probe SHOULD be sized to fit
 within the maximum datagram size to avoid the datagram being
 fragmented or dropped [RFC8085].
 If a QUIC endpoint determines that the PMTU between any pair of local
 and remote IP addresses cannot support the smallest allowed maximum
 datagram size of 1200 bytes, it MUST immediately cease sending QUIC
 packets, except for those in PMTU probes or those containing
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames, on the affected path.  An endpoint MAY
 terminate the connection if an alternative path cannot be found.
 Each pair of local and remote addresses could have a different PMTU.
 QUIC implementations that implement any kind of PMTU discovery
 therefore SHOULD maintain a maximum datagram size for each
 combination of local and remote IP addresses.
 A QUIC implementation MAY be more conservative in computing the
 maximum datagram size to allow for unknown tunnel overheads or IP
 header options/extensions.

14.2.1. Handling of ICMP Messages by PMTUD

 PMTUD [RFC1191] [RFC8201] relies on reception of ICMP messages (that
 is, IPv6 Packet Too Big (PTB) messages) that indicate when an IP
 packet is dropped because it is larger than the local router MTU.
 DPLPMTUD can also optionally use these messages.  This use of ICMP
 messages is potentially vulnerable to attacks by entities that cannot
 observe packets but might successfully guess the addresses used on
 the path.  These attacks could reduce the PMTU to a bandwidth-
 inefficient value.
 An endpoint MUST ignore an ICMP message that claims the PMTU has
 decreased below QUIC's smallest allowed maximum datagram size.
 The requirements for generating ICMP [RFC1812] [RFC4443] state that
 the quoted packet should contain as much of the original packet as
 possible without exceeding the minimum MTU for the IP version.  The
 size of the quoted packet can actually be smaller, or the information
 unintelligible, as described in Section 1.1 of [DPLPMTUD].
 QUIC endpoints using PMTUD SHOULD validate ICMP messages to protect
 from packet injection as specified in [RFC8201] and Section 5.2 of
 [RFC8085].  This validation SHOULD use the quoted packet supplied in
 the payload of an ICMP message to associate the message with a
 corresponding transport connection (see Section 4.6.1 of [DPLPMTUD]).
 ICMP message validation MUST include matching IP addresses and UDP
 ports [RFC8085] and, when possible, connection IDs to an active QUIC
 session.  The endpoint SHOULD ignore all ICMP messages that fail
 validation.
 An endpoint MUST NOT increase the PMTU based on ICMP messages; see
 Item 6 in Section 3 of [DPLPMTUD].  Any reduction in QUIC's maximum
 datagram size in response to ICMP messages MAY be provisional until
 QUIC's loss detection algorithm determines that the quoted packet has
 actually been lost.

14.3. Datagram Packetization Layer PMTU Discovery

 DPLPMTUD [DPLPMTUD] relies on tracking loss or acknowledgment of QUIC
 packets that are carried in PMTU probes.  PMTU probes for DPLPMTUD
 that use the PADDING frame implement "Probing using padding data", as
 defined in Section 4.1 of [DPLPMTUD].
 Endpoints SHOULD set the initial value of BASE_PLPMTU (Section 5.1 of
 [DPLPMTUD]) to be consistent with QUIC's smallest allowed maximum
 datagram size.  The MIN_PLPMTU is the same as the BASE_PLPMTU.
 QUIC endpoints implementing DPLPMTUD maintain a DPLPMTUD Maximum
 Packet Size (MPS) (Section 4.4 of [DPLPMTUD]) for each combination of
 local and remote IP addresses.  This corresponds to the maximum
 datagram size.

14.3.1. DPLPMTUD and Initial Connectivity

 From the perspective of DPLPMTUD, QUIC is an acknowledged
 Packetization Layer (PL).  A QUIC sender can therefore enter the
 DPLPMTUD BASE state (Section 5.2 of [DPLPMTUD]) when the QUIC
 connection handshake has been completed.

14.3.2. Validating the Network Path with DPLPMTUD

 QUIC is an acknowledged PL; therefore, a QUIC sender does not
 implement a DPLPMTUD CONFIRMATION_TIMER while in the SEARCH_COMPLETE
 state; see Section 5.2 of [DPLPMTUD].

14.3.3. Handling of ICMP Messages by DPLPMTUD

 An endpoint using DPLPMTUD requires the validation of any received
 ICMP PTB message before using the PTB information, as defined in
 Section 4.6 of [DPLPMTUD].  In addition to UDP port validation, QUIC
 validates an ICMP message by using other PL information (e.g.,
 validation of connection IDs in the quoted packet of any received
 ICMP message).
 The considerations for processing ICMP messages described in
 Section 14.2.1 also apply if these messages are used by DPLPMTUD.

14.4. Sending QUIC PMTU Probes

 PMTU probes are ack-eliciting packets.
 Endpoints could limit the content of PMTU probes to PING and PADDING
 frames, since packets that are larger than the current maximum
 datagram size are more likely to be dropped by the network.  Loss of
 a QUIC packet that is carried in a PMTU probe is therefore not a
 reliable indication of congestion and SHOULD NOT trigger a congestion
 control reaction; see Item 7 in Section 3 of [DPLPMTUD].  However,
 PMTU probes consume congestion window, which could delay subsequent
 transmission by an application.

14.4.1. PMTU Probes Containing Source Connection ID

 Endpoints that rely on the Destination Connection ID field for
 routing incoming QUIC packets are likely to require that the
 connection ID be included in PMTU probes to route any resulting ICMP
 messages (Section 14.2.1) back to the correct endpoint.  However,
 only long header packets (Section 17.2) contain the Source Connection
 ID field, and long header packets are not decrypted or acknowledged
 by the peer once the handshake is complete.
 One way to construct a PMTU probe is to coalesce (see Section 12.2) a
 packet with a long header, such as a Handshake or 0-RTT packet
 (Section 17.2), with a short header packet in a single UDP datagram.
 If the resulting PMTU probe reaches the endpoint, the packet with the
 long header will be ignored, but the short header packet will be
 acknowledged.  If the PMTU probe causes an ICMP message to be sent,
 the first part of the probe will be quoted in that message.  If the
 Source Connection ID field is within the quoted portion of the probe,
 that could be used for routing or validation of the ICMP message.
    |  Note: The purpose of using a packet with a long header is only
    |  to ensure that the quoted packet contained in the ICMP message
    |  contains a Source Connection ID field.  This packet does not
    |  need to be a valid packet, and it can be sent even if there is
    |  no current use for packets of that type.

15. Versions

 QUIC versions are identified using a 32-bit unsigned number.
 The version 0x00000000 is reserved to represent version negotiation.
 This version of the specification is identified by the number
 0x00000001.
 Other versions of QUIC might have different properties from this
 version.  The properties of QUIC that are guaranteed to be consistent
 across all versions of the protocol are described in
 [QUIC-INVARIANTS].
 Version 0x00000001 of QUIC uses TLS as a cryptographic handshake
 protocol, as described in [QUIC-TLS].
 Versions with the most significant 16 bits of the version number
 cleared are reserved for use in future IETF consensus documents.
 Versions that follow the pattern 0x?a?a?a?a are reserved for use in
 forcing version negotiation to be exercised -- that is, any version
 number where the low four bits of all bytes is 1010 (in binary).  A
 client or server MAY advertise support for any of these reserved
 versions.
 Reserved version numbers will never represent a real protocol; a
 client MAY use one of these version numbers with the expectation that
 the server will initiate version negotiation; a server MAY advertise
 support for one of these versions and can expect that clients ignore
 the value.

16. Variable-Length Integer Encoding

 QUIC packets and frames commonly use a variable-length encoding for
 non-negative integer values.  This encoding ensures that smaller
 integer values need fewer bytes to encode.
 The QUIC variable-length integer encoding reserves the two most
 significant bits of the first byte to encode the base-2 logarithm of
 the integer encoding length in bytes.  The integer value is encoded
 on the remaining bits, in network byte order.
 This means that integers are encoded on 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes and can
 encode 6-, 14-, 30-, or 62-bit values, respectively.  Table 4
 summarizes the encoding properties.
        +======+========+=============+=======================+
        | 2MSB | Length | Usable Bits | Range                 |
        +======+========+=============+=======================+
        | 00   | 1      | 6           | 0-63                  |
        +------+--------+-------------+-----------------------+
        | 01   | 2      | 14          | 0-16383               |
        +------+--------+-------------+-----------------------+
        | 10   | 4      | 30          | 0-1073741823          |
        +------+--------+-------------+-----------------------+
        | 11   | 8      | 62          | 0-4611686018427387903 |
        +------+--------+-------------+-----------------------+
                 Table 4: Summary of Integer Encodings
 An example of a decoding algorithm and sample encodings are shown in
 Appendix A.1.
 Values do not need to be encoded on the minimum number of bytes
 necessary, with the sole exception of the Frame Type field; see
 Section 12.4.
 Versions (Section 15), packet numbers sent in the header
 (Section 17.1), and the length of connection IDs in long header
 packets (Section 17.2) are described using integers but do not use
 this encoding.

17. Packet Formats

 All numeric values are encoded in network byte order (that is, big
 endian), and all field sizes are in bits.  Hexadecimal notation is
 used for describing the value of fields.

17.1. Packet Number Encoding and Decoding

 Packet numbers are integers in the range 0 to 2^62-1 (Section 12.3).
 When present in long or short packet headers, they are encoded in 1
 to 4 bytes.  The number of bits required to represent the packet
 number is reduced by including only the least significant bits of the
 packet number.
 The encoded packet number is protected as described in Section 5.4 of
 [QUIC-TLS].
 Prior to receiving an acknowledgment for a packet number space, the
 full packet number MUST be included; it is not to be truncated, as
 described below.
 After an acknowledgment is received for a packet number space, the
 sender MUST use a packet number size able to represent more than
 twice as large a range as the difference between the largest
 acknowledged packet number and the packet number being sent.  A peer
 receiving the packet will then correctly decode the packet number,
 unless the packet is delayed in transit such that it arrives after
 many higher-numbered packets have been received.  An endpoint SHOULD
 use a large enough packet number encoding to allow the packet number
 to be recovered even if the packet arrives after packets that are
 sent afterwards.
 As a result, the size of the packet number encoding is at least one
 bit more than the base-2 logarithm of the number of contiguous
 unacknowledged packet numbers, including the new packet.  Pseudocode
 and an example for packet number encoding can be found in
 Appendix A.2.
 At a receiver, protection of the packet number is removed prior to
 recovering the full packet number.  The full packet number is then
 reconstructed based on the number of significant bits present, the
 value of those bits, and the largest packet number received in a
 successfully authenticated packet.  Recovering the full packet number
 is necessary to successfully complete the removal of packet
 protection.
 Once header protection is removed, the packet number is decoded by
 finding the packet number value that is closest to the next expected
 packet.  The next expected packet is the highest received packet
 number plus one.  Pseudocode and an example for packet number
 decoding can be found in Appendix A.3.

17.2. Long Header Packets

 Long Header Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Long Packet Type (2),
   Type-Specific Bits (4),
   Version (32),
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..160),
   Type-Specific Payload (..),
 }
                  Figure 13: Long Header Packet Format
 Long headers are used for packets that are sent prior to the
 establishment of 1-RTT keys.  Once 1-RTT keys are available, a sender
 switches to sending packets using the short header (Section 17.3).
 The long form allows for special packets -- such as the Version
 Negotiation packet -- to be represented in this uniform fixed-length
 packet format.  Packets that use the long header contain the
 following fields:
 Header Form:  The most significant bit (0x80) of byte 0 (the first
    byte) is set to 1 for long headers.
 Fixed Bit:  The next bit (0x40) of byte 0 is set to 1, unless the
    packet is a Version Negotiation packet.  Packets containing a zero
    value for this bit are not valid packets in this version and MUST
    be discarded.  A value of 1 for this bit allows QUIC to coexist
    with other protocols; see [RFC7983].
 Long Packet Type:  The next two bits (those with a mask of 0x30) of
    byte 0 contain a packet type.  Packet types are listed in Table 5.
 Type-Specific Bits:  The semantics of the lower four bits (those with
    a mask of 0x0f) of byte 0 are determined by the packet type.
 Version:  The QUIC Version is a 32-bit field that follows the first
    byte.  This field indicates the version of QUIC that is in use and
    determines how the rest of the protocol fields are interpreted.
 Destination Connection ID Length:  The byte following the version
    contains the length in bytes of the Destination Connection ID
    field that follows it.  This length is encoded as an 8-bit
    unsigned integer.  In QUIC version 1, this value MUST NOT exceed
    20 bytes.  Endpoints that receive a version 1 long header with a
    value larger than 20 MUST drop the packet.  In order to properly
    form a Version Negotiation packet, servers SHOULD be able to read
    longer connection IDs from other QUIC versions.
 Destination Connection ID:  The Destination Connection ID field
    follows the Destination Connection ID Length field, which
    indicates the length of this field.  Section 7.2 describes the use
    of this field in more detail.
 Source Connection ID Length:  The byte following the Destination
    Connection ID contains the length in bytes of the Source
    Connection ID field that follows it.  This length is encoded as an
    8-bit unsigned integer.  In QUIC version 1, this value MUST NOT
    exceed 20 bytes.  Endpoints that receive a version 1 long header
    with a value larger than 20 MUST drop the packet.  In order to
    properly form a Version Negotiation packet, servers SHOULD be able
    to read longer connection IDs from other QUIC versions.
 Source Connection ID:  The Source Connection ID field follows the
    Source Connection ID Length field, which indicates the length of
    this field.  Section 7.2 describes the use of this field in more
    detail.
 Type-Specific Payload:  The remainder of the packet, if any, is type
    specific.
 In this version of QUIC, the following packet types with the long
 header are defined:
                 +======+===========+================+
                 | Type | Name      | Section        |
                 +======+===========+================+
                 | 0x00 | Initial   | Section 17.2.2 |
                 +------+-----------+----------------+
                 | 0x01 | 0-RTT     | Section 17.2.3 |
                 +------+-----------+----------------+
                 | 0x02 | Handshake | Section 17.2.4 |
                 +------+-----------+----------------+
                 | 0x03 | Retry     | Section 17.2.5 |
                 +------+-----------+----------------+
                   Table 5: Long Header Packet Types
 The header form bit, Destination and Source Connection ID lengths,
 Destination and Source Connection ID fields, and Version fields of a
 long header packet are version independent.  The other fields in the
 first byte are version specific.  See [QUIC-INVARIANTS] for details
 on how packets from different versions of QUIC are interpreted.
 The interpretation of the fields and the payload are specific to a
 version and packet type.  While type-specific semantics for this
 version are described in the following sections, several long header
 packets in this version of QUIC contain these additional fields:
 Reserved Bits:  Two bits (those with a mask of 0x0c) of byte 0 are
    reserved across multiple packet types.  These bits are protected
    using header protection; see Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS].  The value
    included prior to protection MUST be set to 0.  An endpoint MUST
    treat receipt of a packet that has a non-zero value for these bits
    after removing both packet and header protection as a connection
    error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.  Discarding such a packet after
    only removing header protection can expose the endpoint to
    attacks; see Section 9.5 of [QUIC-TLS].
 Packet Number Length:  In packet types that contain a Packet Number
    field, the least significant two bits (those with a mask of 0x03)
    of byte 0 contain the length of the Packet Number field, encoded
    as an unsigned two-bit integer that is one less than the length of
    the Packet Number field in bytes.  That is, the length of the
    Packet Number field is the value of this field plus one.  These
    bits are protected using header protection; see Section 5.4 of
    [QUIC-TLS].
 Length:  This is the length of the remainder of the packet (that is,
    the Packet Number and Payload fields) in bytes, encoded as a
    variable-length integer (Section 16).
 Packet Number:  This field is 1 to 4 bytes long.  The packet number
    is protected using header protection; see Section 5.4 of
    [QUIC-TLS].  The length of the Packet Number field is encoded in
    the Packet Number Length bits of byte 0; see above.
 Packet Payload:  This is the payload of the packet -- containing a
    sequence of frames -- that is protected using packet protection.

17.2.1. Version Negotiation Packet

 A Version Negotiation packet is inherently not version specific.
 Upon receipt by a client, it will be identified as a Version
 Negotiation packet based on the Version field having a value of 0.
 The Version Negotiation packet is a response to a client packet that
 contains a version that is not supported by the server.  It is only
 sent by servers.
 The layout of a Version Negotiation packet is:
 Version Negotiation Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Unused (7),
   Version (32) = 0,
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..2040),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..2040),
   Supported Version (32) ...,
 }
                 Figure 14: Version Negotiation Packet
 The value in the Unused field is set to an arbitrary value by the
 server.  Clients MUST ignore the value of this field.  Where QUIC
 might be multiplexed with other protocols (see [RFC7983]), servers
 SHOULD set the most significant bit of this field (0x40) to 1 so that
 Version Negotiation packets appear to have the Fixed Bit field.  Note
 that other versions of QUIC might not make a similar recommendation.
 The Version field of a Version Negotiation packet MUST be set to
 0x00000000.
 The server MUST include the value from the Source Connection ID field
 of the packet it receives in the Destination Connection ID field.
 The value for Source Connection ID MUST be copied from the
 Destination Connection ID of the received packet, which is initially
 randomly selected by a client.  Echoing both connection IDs gives
 clients some assurance that the server received the packet and that
 the Version Negotiation packet was not generated by an entity that
 did not observe the Initial packet.
 Future versions of QUIC could have different requirements for the
 lengths of connection IDs.  In particular, connection IDs might have
 a smaller minimum length or a greater maximum length.  Version-
 specific rules for the connection ID therefore MUST NOT influence a
 decision about whether to send a Version Negotiation packet.
 The remainder of the Version Negotiation packet is a list of 32-bit
 versions that the server supports.
 A Version Negotiation packet is not acknowledged.  It is only sent in
 response to a packet that indicates an unsupported version; see
 Section 5.2.2.
 The Version Negotiation packet does not include the Packet Number and
 Length fields present in other packets that use the long header form.
 Consequently, a Version Negotiation packet consumes an entire UDP
 datagram.
 A server MUST NOT send more than one Version Negotiation packet in
 response to a single UDP datagram.
 See Section 6 for a description of the version negotiation process.

17.2.2. Initial Packet

 An Initial packet uses long headers with a type value of 0x00.  It
 carries the first CRYPTO frames sent by the client and server to
 perform key exchange, and it carries ACK frames in either direction.
 Initial Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Long Packet Type (2) = 0,
   Reserved Bits (2),
   Packet Number Length (2),
   Version (32),
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..160),
   Token Length (i),
   Token (..),
   Length (i),
   Packet Number (8..32),
   Packet Payload (8..),
 }
                       Figure 15: Initial Packet
 The Initial packet contains a long header as well as the Length and
 Packet Number fields; see Section 17.2.  The first byte contains the
 Reserved and Packet Number Length bits; see also Section 17.2.
 Between the Source Connection ID and Length fields, there are two
 additional fields specific to the Initial packet.
 Token Length:  A variable-length integer specifying the length of the
    Token field, in bytes.  This value is 0 if no token is present.
    Initial packets sent by the server MUST set the Token Length field
    to 0; clients that receive an Initial packet with a non-zero Token
    Length field MUST either discard the packet or generate a
    connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 Token:  The value of the token that was previously provided in a
    Retry packet or NEW_TOKEN frame; see Section 8.1.
 In order to prevent tampering by version-unaware middleboxes, Initial
 packets are protected with connection- and version-specific keys
 (Initial keys) as described in [QUIC-TLS].  This protection does not
 provide confidentiality or integrity against attackers that can
 observe packets, but it does prevent attackers that cannot observe
 packets from spoofing Initial packets.
 The client and server use the Initial packet type for any packet that
 contains an initial cryptographic handshake message.  This includes
 all cases where a new packet containing the initial cryptographic
 message needs to be created, such as the packets sent after receiving
 a Retry packet; see Section 17.2.5.
 A server sends its first Initial packet in response to a client
 Initial.  A server MAY send multiple Initial packets.  The
 cryptographic key exchange could require multiple round trips or
 retransmissions of this data.
 The payload of an Initial packet includes a CRYPTO frame (or frames)
 containing a cryptographic handshake message, ACK frames, or both.
 PING, PADDING, and CONNECTION_CLOSE frames of type 0x1c are also
 permitted.  An endpoint that receives an Initial packet containing
 other frames can either discard the packet as spurious or treat it as
 a connection error.
 The first packet sent by a client always includes a CRYPTO frame that
 contains the start or all of the first cryptographic handshake
 message.  The first CRYPTO frame sent always begins at an offset of
 0; see Section 7.
 Note that if the server sends a TLS HelloRetryRequest (see
 Section 4.7 of [QUIC-TLS]), the client will send another series of
 Initial packets.  These Initial packets will continue the
 cryptographic handshake and will contain CRYPTO frames starting at an
 offset matching the size of the CRYPTO frames sent in the first
 flight of Initial packets.

17.2.2.1. Abandoning Initial Packets

 A client stops both sending and processing Initial packets when it
 sends its first Handshake packet.  A server stops sending and
 processing Initial packets when it receives its first Handshake
 packet.  Though packets might still be in flight or awaiting
 acknowledgment, no further Initial packets need to be exchanged
 beyond this point.  Initial packet protection keys are discarded (see
 Section 4.9.1 of [QUIC-TLS]) along with any loss recovery and
 congestion control state; see Section 6.4 of [QUIC-RECOVERY].
 Any data in CRYPTO frames is discarded -- and no longer retransmitted
 -- when Initial keys are discarded.

17.2.3. 0-RTT

 A 0-RTT packet uses long headers with a type value of 0x01, followed
 by the Length and Packet Number fields; see Section 17.2.  The first
 byte contains the Reserved and Packet Number Length bits; see
 Section 17.2.  A 0-RTT packet is used to carry "early" data from the
 client to the server as part of the first flight, prior to handshake
 completion.  As part of the TLS handshake, the server can accept or
 reject this early data.
 See Section 2.3 of [TLS13] for a discussion of 0-RTT data and its
 limitations.
 0-RTT Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Long Packet Type (2) = 1,
   Reserved Bits (2),
   Packet Number Length (2),
   Version (32),
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..160),
   Length (i),
   Packet Number (8..32),
   Packet Payload (8..),
 }
                        Figure 16: 0-RTT Packet
 Packet numbers for 0-RTT protected packets use the same space as
 1-RTT protected packets.
 After a client receives a Retry packet, 0-RTT packets are likely to
 have been lost or discarded by the server.  A client SHOULD attempt
 to resend data in 0-RTT packets after it sends a new Initial packet.
 New packet numbers MUST be used for any new packets that are sent; as
 described in Section 17.2.5.3, reusing packet numbers could
 compromise packet protection.
 A client only receives acknowledgments for its 0-RTT packets once the
 handshake is complete, as defined in Section 4.1.1 of [QUIC-TLS].
 A client MUST NOT send 0-RTT packets once it starts processing 1-RTT
 packets from the server.  This means that 0-RTT packets cannot
 contain any response to frames from 1-RTT packets.  For instance, a
 client cannot send an ACK frame in a 0-RTT packet, because that can
 only acknowledge a 1-RTT packet.  An acknowledgment for a 1-RTT
 packet MUST be carried in a 1-RTT packet.
 A server SHOULD treat a violation of remembered limits
 (Section 7.4.1) as a connection error of an appropriate type (for
 instance, a FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR for exceeding stream data limits).

17.2.4. Handshake Packet

 A Handshake packet uses long headers with a type value of 0x02,
 followed by the Length and Packet Number fields; see Section 17.2.
 The first byte contains the Reserved and Packet Number Length bits;
 see Section 17.2.  It is used to carry cryptographic handshake
 messages and acknowledgments from the server and client.
 Handshake Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Long Packet Type (2) = 2,
   Reserved Bits (2),
   Packet Number Length (2),
   Version (32),
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..160),
   Length (i),
   Packet Number (8..32),
   Packet Payload (8..),
 }
                 Figure 17: Handshake Protected Packet
 Once a client has received a Handshake packet from a server, it uses
 Handshake packets to send subsequent cryptographic handshake messages
 and acknowledgments to the server.
 The Destination Connection ID field in a Handshake packet contains a
 connection ID that is chosen by the recipient of the packet; the
 Source Connection ID includes the connection ID that the sender of
 the packet wishes to use; see Section 7.2.
 Handshake packets have their own packet number space, and thus the
 first Handshake packet sent by a server contains a packet number of
 0.
 The payload of this packet contains CRYPTO frames and could contain
 PING, PADDING, or ACK frames.  Handshake packets MAY contain
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames of type 0x1c.  Endpoints MUST treat receipt
 of Handshake packets with other frames as a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 Like Initial packets (see Section 17.2.2.1), data in CRYPTO frames
 for Handshake packets is discarded -- and no longer retransmitted --
 when Handshake protection keys are discarded.

17.2.5. Retry Packet

 As shown in Figure 18, a Retry packet uses a long packet header with
 a type value of 0x03.  It carries an address validation token created
 by the server.  It is used by a server that wishes to perform a
 retry; see Section 8.1.
 Retry Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 1,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Long Packet Type (2) = 3,
   Unused (4),
   Version (32),
   Destination Connection ID Length (8),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Source Connection ID Length (8),
   Source Connection ID (0..160),
   Retry Token (..),
   Retry Integrity Tag (128),
 }
                        Figure 18: Retry Packet
 A Retry packet does not contain any protected fields.  The value in
 the Unused field is set to an arbitrary value by the server; a client
 MUST ignore these bits.  In addition to the fields from the long
 header, it contains these additional fields:
 Retry Token:  An opaque token that the server can use to validate the
    client's address.
 Retry Integrity Tag:  Defined in Section 5.8 ("Retry Packet
    Integrity") of [QUIC-TLS].

17.2.5.1. Sending a Retry Packet

 The server populates the Destination Connection ID with the
 connection ID that the client included in the Source Connection ID of
 the Initial packet.
 The server includes a connection ID of its choice in the Source
 Connection ID field.  This value MUST NOT be equal to the Destination
 Connection ID field of the packet sent by the client.  A client MUST
 discard a Retry packet that contains a Source Connection ID field
 that is identical to the Destination Connection ID field of its
 Initial packet.  The client MUST use the value from the Source
 Connection ID field of the Retry packet in the Destination Connection
 ID field of subsequent packets that it sends.
 A server MAY send Retry packets in response to Initial and 0-RTT
 packets.  A server can either discard or buffer 0-RTT packets that it
 receives.  A server can send multiple Retry packets as it receives
 Initial or 0-RTT packets.  A server MUST NOT send more than one Retry
 packet in response to a single UDP datagram.

17.2.5.2. Handling a Retry Packet

 A client MUST accept and process at most one Retry packet for each
 connection attempt.  After the client has received and processed an
 Initial or Retry packet from the server, it MUST discard any
 subsequent Retry packets that it receives.
 Clients MUST discard Retry packets that have a Retry Integrity Tag
 that cannot be validated; see Section 5.8 of [QUIC-TLS].  This
 diminishes an attacker's ability to inject a Retry packet and
 protects against accidental corruption of Retry packets.  A client
 MUST discard a Retry packet with a zero-length Retry Token field.
 The client responds to a Retry packet with an Initial packet that
 includes the provided Retry token to continue connection
 establishment.
 A client sets the Destination Connection ID field of this Initial
 packet to the value from the Source Connection ID field in the Retry
 packet.  Changing the Destination Connection ID field also results in
 a change to the keys used to protect the Initial packet.  It also
 sets the Token field to the token provided in the Retry packet.  The
 client MUST NOT change the Source Connection ID because the server
 could include the connection ID as part of its token validation
 logic; see Section 8.1.4.
 A Retry packet does not include a packet number and cannot be
 explicitly acknowledged by a client.

17.2.5.3. Continuing a Handshake after Retry

 Subsequent Initial packets from the client include the connection ID
 and token values from the Retry packet.  The client copies the Source
 Connection ID field from the Retry packet to the Destination
 Connection ID field and uses this value until an Initial packet with
 an updated value is received; see Section 7.2.  The value of the
 Token field is copied to all subsequent Initial packets; see
 Section 8.1.2.
 Other than updating the Destination Connection ID and Token fields,
 the Initial packet sent by the client is subject to the same
 restrictions as the first Initial packet.  A client MUST use the same
 cryptographic handshake message it included in this packet.  A server
 MAY treat a packet that contains a different cryptographic handshake
 message as a connection error or discard it.  Note that including a
 Token field reduces the available space for the cryptographic
 handshake message, which might result in the client needing to send
 multiple Initial packets.
 A client MAY attempt 0-RTT after receiving a Retry packet by sending
 0-RTT packets to the connection ID provided by the server.
 A client MUST NOT reset the packet number for any packet number space
 after processing a Retry packet.  In particular, 0-RTT packets
 contain confidential information that will most likely be
 retransmitted on receiving a Retry packet.  The keys used to protect
 these new 0-RTT packets will not change as a result of responding to
 a Retry packet.  However, the data sent in these packets could be
 different than what was sent earlier.  Sending these new packets with
 the same packet number is likely to compromise the packet protection
 for those packets because the same key and nonce could be used to
 protect different content.  A server MAY abort the connection if it
 detects that the client reset the packet number.
 The connection IDs used in Initial and Retry packets exchanged
 between client and server are copied to the transport parameters and
 validated as described in Section 7.3.

17.3. Short Header Packets

 This version of QUIC defines a single packet type that uses the short
 packet header.

17.3.1. 1-RTT Packet

 A 1-RTT packet uses a short packet header.  It is used after the
 version and 1-RTT keys are negotiated.
 1-RTT Packet {
   Header Form (1) = 0,
   Fixed Bit (1) = 1,
   Spin Bit (1),
   Reserved Bits (2),
   Key Phase (1),
   Packet Number Length (2),
   Destination Connection ID (0..160),
   Packet Number (8..32),
   Packet Payload (8..),
 }
                        Figure 19: 1-RTT Packet
 1-RTT packets contain the following fields:
 Header Form:  The most significant bit (0x80) of byte 0 is set to 0
    for the short header.
 Fixed Bit:  The next bit (0x40) of byte 0 is set to 1.  Packets
    containing a zero value for this bit are not valid packets in this
    version and MUST be discarded.  A value of 1 for this bit allows
    QUIC to coexist with other protocols; see [RFC7983].
 Spin Bit:  The third most significant bit (0x20) of byte 0 is the
    latency spin bit, set as described in Section 17.4.
 Reserved Bits:  The next two bits (those with a mask of 0x18) of byte
    0 are reserved.  These bits are protected using header protection;
    see Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS].  The value included prior to
    protection MUST be set to 0.  An endpoint MUST treat receipt of a
    packet that has a non-zero value for these bits, after removing
    both packet and header protection, as a connection error of type
    PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.  Discarding such a packet after only removing
    header protection can expose the endpoint to attacks; see
    Section 9.5 of [QUIC-TLS].
 Key Phase:  The next bit (0x04) of byte 0 indicates the key phase,
    which allows a recipient of a packet to identify the packet
    protection keys that are used to protect the packet.  See
    [QUIC-TLS] for details.  This bit is protected using header
    protection; see Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS].
 Packet Number Length:  The least significant two bits (those with a
    mask of 0x03) of byte 0 contain the length of the Packet Number
    field, encoded as an unsigned two-bit integer that is one less
    than the length of the Packet Number field in bytes.  That is, the
    length of the Packet Number field is the value of this field plus
    one.  These bits are protected using header protection; see
    Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS].
 Destination Connection ID:  The Destination Connection ID is a
    connection ID that is chosen by the intended recipient of the
    packet.  See Section 5.1 for more details.
 Packet Number:  The Packet Number field is 1 to 4 bytes long.  The
    packet number is protected using header protection; see
    Section 5.4 of [QUIC-TLS].  The length of the Packet Number field
    is encoded in Packet Number Length field.  See Section 17.1 for
    details.
 Packet Payload:  1-RTT packets always include a 1-RTT protected
    payload.
 The header form bit and the Destination Connection ID field of a
 short header packet are version independent.  The remaining fields
 are specific to the selected QUIC version.  See [QUIC-INVARIANTS] for
 details on how packets from different versions of QUIC are
 interpreted.

17.4. Latency Spin Bit

 The latency spin bit, which is defined for 1-RTT packets
 (Section 17.3.1), enables passive latency monitoring from observation
 points on the network path throughout the duration of a connection.
 The server reflects the spin value received, while the client "spins"
 it after one RTT.  On-path observers can measure the time between two
 spin bit toggle events to estimate the end-to-end RTT of a
 connection.
 The spin bit is only present in 1-RTT packets, since it is possible
 to measure the initial RTT of a connection by observing the
 handshake.  Therefore, the spin bit is available after version
 negotiation and connection establishment are completed.  On-path
 measurement and use of the latency spin bit are further discussed in
 [QUIC-MANAGEABILITY].
 The spin bit is an OPTIONAL feature of this version of QUIC.  An
 endpoint that does not support this feature MUST disable it, as
 defined below.
 Each endpoint unilaterally decides if the spin bit is enabled or
 disabled for a connection.  Implementations MUST allow administrators
 of clients and servers to disable the spin bit either globally or on
 a per-connection basis.  Even when the spin bit is not disabled by
 the administrator, endpoints MUST disable their use of the spin bit
 for a random selection of at least one in every 16 network paths, or
 for one in every 16 connection IDs, in order to ensure that QUIC
 connections that disable the spin bit are commonly observed on the
 network.  As each endpoint disables the spin bit independently, this
 ensures that the spin bit signal is disabled on approximately one in
 eight network paths.
 When the spin bit is disabled, endpoints MAY set the spin bit to any
 value and MUST ignore any incoming value.  It is RECOMMENDED that
 endpoints set the spin bit to a random value either chosen
 independently for each packet or chosen independently for each
 connection ID.
 If the spin bit is enabled for the connection, the endpoint maintains
 a spin value for each network path and sets the spin bit in the
 packet header to the currently stored value when a 1-RTT packet is
 sent on that path.  The spin value is initialized to 0 in the
 endpoint for each network path.  Each endpoint also remembers the
 highest packet number seen from its peer on each path.
 When a server receives a 1-RTT packet that increases the highest
 packet number seen by the server from the client on a given network
 path, it sets the spin value for that path to be equal to the spin
 bit in the received packet.
 When a client receives a 1-RTT packet that increases the highest
 packet number seen by the client from the server on a given network
 path, it sets the spin value for that path to the inverse of the spin
 bit in the received packet.
 An endpoint resets the spin value for a network path to 0 when
 changing the connection ID being used on that network path.

18. Transport Parameter Encoding

 The extension_data field of the quic_transport_parameters extension
 defined in [QUIC-TLS] contains the QUIC transport parameters.  They
 are encoded as a sequence of transport parameters, as shown in
 Figure 20:
 Transport Parameters {
   Transport Parameter (..) ...,
 }
              Figure 20: Sequence of Transport Parameters
 Each transport parameter is encoded as an (identifier, length, value)
 tuple, as shown in Figure 21:
 Transport Parameter {
   Transport Parameter ID (i),
   Transport Parameter Length (i),
   Transport Parameter Value (..),
 }
                Figure 21: Transport Parameter Encoding
 The Transport Parameter Length field contains the length of the
 Transport Parameter Value field in bytes.
 QUIC encodes transport parameters into a sequence of bytes, which is
 then included in the cryptographic handshake.

18.1. Reserved Transport Parameters

 Transport parameters with an identifier of the form "31 * N + 27" for
 integer values of N are reserved to exercise the requirement that
 unknown transport parameters be ignored.  These transport parameters
 have no semantics and can carry arbitrary values.

18.2. Transport Parameter Definitions

 This section details the transport parameters defined in this
 document.
 Many transport parameters listed here have integer values.  Those
 transport parameters that are identified as integers use a variable-
 length integer encoding; see Section 16.  Transport parameters have a
 default value of 0 if the transport parameter is absent, unless
 otherwise stated.
 The following transport parameters are defined:
 original_destination_connection_id (0x00):  This parameter is the
    value of the Destination Connection ID field from the first
    Initial packet sent by the client; see Section 7.3.  This
    transport parameter is only sent by a server.
 max_idle_timeout (0x01):  The maximum idle timeout is a value in
    milliseconds that is encoded as an integer; see (Section 10.1).
    Idle timeout is disabled when both endpoints omit this transport
    parameter or specify a value of 0.
 stateless_reset_token (0x02):  A stateless reset token is used in
    verifying a stateless reset; see Section 10.3.  This parameter is
    a sequence of 16 bytes.  This transport parameter MUST NOT be sent
    by a client but MAY be sent by a server.  A server that does not
    send this transport parameter cannot use stateless reset
    (Section 10.3) for the connection ID negotiated during the
    handshake.
 max_udp_payload_size (0x03):  The maximum UDP payload size parameter
    is an integer value that limits the size of UDP payloads that the
    endpoint is willing to receive.  UDP datagrams with payloads
    larger than this limit are not likely to be processed by the
    receiver.
    The default for this parameter is the maximum permitted UDP
    payload of 65527.  Values below 1200 are invalid.
    This limit does act as an additional constraint on datagram size
    in the same way as the path MTU, but it is a property of the
    endpoint and not the path; see Section 14.  It is expected that
    this is the space an endpoint dedicates to holding incoming
    packets.
 initial_max_data (0x04):  The initial maximum data parameter is an
    integer value that contains the initial value for the maximum
    amount of data that can be sent on the connection.  This is
    equivalent to sending a MAX_DATA (Section 19.9) for the connection
    immediately after completing the handshake.
 initial_max_stream_data_bidi_local (0x05):  This parameter is an
    integer value specifying the initial flow control limit for
    locally initiated bidirectional streams.  This limit applies to
    newly created bidirectional streams opened by the endpoint that
    sends the transport parameter.  In client transport parameters,
    this applies to streams with an identifier with the least
    significant two bits set to 0x00; in server transport parameters,
    this applies to streams with the least significant two bits set to
    0x01.
 initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote (0x06):  This parameter is an
    integer value specifying the initial flow control limit for peer-
    initiated bidirectional streams.  This limit applies to newly
    created bidirectional streams opened by the endpoint that receives
    the transport parameter.  In client transport parameters, this
    applies to streams with an identifier with the least significant
    two bits set to 0x01; in server transport parameters, this applies
    to streams with the least significant two bits set to 0x00.
 initial_max_stream_data_uni (0x07):  This parameter is an integer
    value specifying the initial flow control limit for unidirectional
    streams.  This limit applies to newly created unidirectional
    streams opened by the endpoint that receives the transport
    parameter.  In client transport parameters, this applies to
    streams with an identifier with the least significant two bits set
    to 0x03; in server transport parameters, this applies to streams
    with the least significant two bits set to 0x02.
 initial_max_streams_bidi (0x08):  The initial maximum bidirectional
    streams parameter is an integer value that contains the initial
    maximum number of bidirectional streams the endpoint that receives
    this transport parameter is permitted to initiate.  If this
    parameter is absent or zero, the peer cannot open bidirectional
    streams until a MAX_STREAMS frame is sent.  Setting this parameter
    is equivalent to sending a MAX_STREAMS (Section 19.11) of the
    corresponding type with the same value.
 initial_max_streams_uni (0x09):  The initial maximum unidirectional
    streams parameter is an integer value that contains the initial
    maximum number of unidirectional streams the endpoint that
    receives this transport parameter is permitted to initiate.  If
    this parameter is absent or zero, the peer cannot open
    unidirectional streams until a MAX_STREAMS frame is sent.  Setting
    this parameter is equivalent to sending a MAX_STREAMS
    (Section 19.11) of the corresponding type with the same value.
 ack_delay_exponent (0x0a):  The acknowledgment delay exponent is an
    integer value indicating an exponent used to decode the ACK Delay
    field in the ACK frame (Section 19.3).  If this value is absent, a
    default value of 3 is assumed (indicating a multiplier of 8).
    Values above 20 are invalid.
 max_ack_delay (0x0b):  The maximum acknowledgment delay is an integer
    value indicating the maximum amount of time in milliseconds by
    which the endpoint will delay sending acknowledgments.  This value
    SHOULD include the receiver's expected delays in alarms firing.
    For example, if a receiver sets a timer for 5ms and alarms
    commonly fire up to 1ms late, then it should send a max_ack_delay
    of 6ms.  If this value is absent, a default of 25 milliseconds is
    assumed.  Values of 2^14 or greater are invalid.
 disable_active_migration (0x0c):  The disable active migration
    transport parameter is included if the endpoint does not support
    active connection migration (Section 9) on the address being used
    during the handshake.  An endpoint that receives this transport
    parameter MUST NOT use a new local address when sending to the
    address that the peer used during the handshake.  This transport
    parameter does not prohibit connection migration after a client
    has acted on a preferred_address transport parameter.  This
    parameter is a zero-length value.
 preferred_address (0x0d):  The server's preferred address is used to
    effect a change in server address at the end of the handshake, as
    described in Section 9.6.  This transport parameter is only sent
    by a server.  Servers MAY choose to only send a preferred address
    of one address family by sending an all-zero address and port
    (0.0.0.0:0 or [::]:0) for the other family.  IP addresses are
    encoded in network byte order.
    The preferred_address transport parameter contains an address and
    port for both IPv4 and IPv6.  The four-byte IPv4 Address field is
    followed by the associated two-byte IPv4 Port field.  This is
    followed by a 16-byte IPv6 Address field and two-byte IPv6 Port
    field.  After address and port pairs, a Connection ID Length field
    describes the length of the following Connection ID field.
    Finally, a 16-byte Stateless Reset Token field includes the
    stateless reset token associated with the connection ID.  The
    format of this transport parameter is shown in Figure 22 below.
    The Connection ID field and the Stateless Reset Token field
    contain an alternative connection ID that has a sequence number of
    1; see Section 5.1.1.  Having these values sent alongside the
    preferred address ensures that there will be at least one unused
    active connection ID when the client initiates migration to the
    preferred address.
    The Connection ID and Stateless Reset Token fields of a preferred
    address are identical in syntax and semantics to the corresponding
    fields of a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame (Section 19.15).  A server
    that chooses a zero-length connection ID MUST NOT provide a
    preferred address.  Similarly, a server MUST NOT include a zero-
    length connection ID in this transport parameter.  A client MUST
    treat a violation of these requirements as a connection error of
    type TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.
 Preferred Address {
   IPv4 Address (32),
   IPv4 Port (16),
   IPv6 Address (128),
   IPv6 Port (16),
   Connection ID Length (8),
   Connection ID (..),
   Stateless Reset Token (128),
 }
                  Figure 22: Preferred Address Format
 active_connection_id_limit (0x0e):  This is an integer value
    specifying the maximum number of connection IDs from the peer that
    an endpoint is willing to store.  This value includes the
    connection ID received during the handshake, that received in the
    preferred_address transport parameter, and those received in
    NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames.  The value of the
    active_connection_id_limit parameter MUST be at least 2.  An
    endpoint that receives a value less than 2 MUST close the
    connection with an error of type TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.  If
    this transport parameter is absent, a default of 2 is assumed.  If
    an endpoint issues a zero-length connection ID, it will never send
    a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame and therefore ignores the
    active_connection_id_limit value received from its peer.
 initial_source_connection_id (0x0f):  This is the value that the
    endpoint included in the Source Connection ID field of the first
    Initial packet it sends for the connection; see Section 7.3.
 retry_source_connection_id (0x10):  This is the value that the server
    included in the Source Connection ID field of a Retry packet; see
    Section 7.3.  This transport parameter is only sent by a server.
 If present, transport parameters that set initial per-stream flow
 control limits (initial_max_stream_data_bidi_local,
 initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote, and initial_max_stream_data_uni)
 are equivalent to sending a MAX_STREAM_DATA frame (Section 19.10) on
 every stream of the corresponding type immediately after opening.  If
 the transport parameter is absent, streams of that type start with a
 flow control limit of 0.
 A client MUST NOT include any server-only transport parameter:
 original_destination_connection_id, preferred_address,
 retry_source_connection_id, or stateless_reset_token.  A server MUST
 treat receipt of any of these transport parameters as a connection
 error of type TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR.

19. Frame Types and Formats

 As described in Section 12.4, packets contain one or more frames.
 This section describes the format and semantics of the core QUIC
 frame types.

19.1. PADDING Frames

 A PADDING frame (type=0x00) has no semantic value.  PADDING frames
 can be used to increase the size of a packet.  Padding can be used to
 increase an Initial packet to the minimum required size or to provide
 protection against traffic analysis for protected packets.
 PADDING frames are formatted as shown in Figure 23, which shows that
 PADDING frames have no content.  That is, a PADDING frame consists of
 the single byte that identifies the frame as a PADDING frame.
 PADDING Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x00,
 }
                    Figure 23: PADDING Frame Format

19.2. PING Frames

 Endpoints can use PING frames (type=0x01) to verify that their peers
 are still alive or to check reachability to the peer.
 PING frames are formatted as shown in Figure 24, which shows that
 PING frames have no content.
 PING Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x01,
 }
                      Figure 24: PING Frame Format
 The receiver of a PING frame simply needs to acknowledge the packet
 containing this frame.
 The PING frame can be used to keep a connection alive when an
 application or application protocol wishes to prevent the connection
 from timing out; see Section 10.1.2.

19.3. ACK Frames

 Receivers send ACK frames (types 0x02 and 0x03) to inform senders of
 packets they have received and processed.  The ACK frame contains one
 or more ACK Ranges.  ACK Ranges identify acknowledged packets.  If
 the frame type is 0x03, ACK frames also contain the cumulative count
 of QUIC packets with associated ECN marks received on the connection
 up until this point.  QUIC implementations MUST properly handle both
 types, and, if they have enabled ECN for packets they send, they
 SHOULD use the information in the ECN section to manage their
 congestion state.
 QUIC acknowledgments are irrevocable.  Once acknowledged, a packet
 remains acknowledged, even if it does not appear in a future ACK
 frame.  This is unlike reneging for TCP Selective Acknowledgments
 (SACKs) [RFC2018].
 Packets from different packet number spaces can be identified using
 the same numeric value.  An acknowledgment for a packet needs to
 indicate both a packet number and a packet number space.  This is
 accomplished by having each ACK frame only acknowledge packet numbers
 in the same space as the packet in which the ACK frame is contained.
 Version Negotiation and Retry packets cannot be acknowledged because
 they do not contain a packet number.  Rather than relying on ACK
 frames, these packets are implicitly acknowledged by the next Initial
 packet sent by the client.
 ACK frames are formatted as shown in Figure 25.
 ACK Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x02..0x03,
   Largest Acknowledged (i),
   ACK Delay (i),
   ACK Range Count (i),
   First ACK Range (i),
   ACK Range (..) ...,
   [ECN Counts (..)],
 }
                      Figure 25: ACK Frame Format
 ACK frames contain the following fields:
 Largest Acknowledged:  A variable-length integer representing the
    largest packet number the peer is acknowledging; this is usually
    the largest packet number that the peer has received prior to
    generating the ACK frame.  Unlike the packet number in the QUIC
    long or short header, the value in an ACK frame is not truncated.
 ACK Delay:  A variable-length integer encoding the acknowledgment
    delay in microseconds; see Section 13.2.5.  It is decoded by
    multiplying the value in the field by 2 to the power of the
    ack_delay_exponent transport parameter sent by the sender of the
    ACK frame; see Section 18.2.  Compared to simply expressing the
    delay as an integer, this encoding allows for a larger range of
    values within the same number of bytes, at the cost of lower
    resolution.
 ACK Range Count:  A variable-length integer specifying the number of
    ACK Range fields in the frame.
 First ACK Range:  A variable-length integer indicating the number of
    contiguous packets preceding the Largest Acknowledged that are
    being acknowledged.  That is, the smallest packet acknowledged in
    the range is determined by subtracting the First ACK Range value
    from the Largest Acknowledged field.
 ACK Ranges:  Contains additional ranges of packets that are
    alternately not acknowledged (Gap) and acknowledged (ACK Range);
    see Section 19.3.1.
 ECN Counts:  The three ECN counts; see Section 19.3.2.

19.3.1. ACK Ranges

 Each ACK Range consists of alternating Gap and ACK Range Length
 values in descending packet number order.  ACK Ranges can be
 repeated.  The number of Gap and ACK Range Length values is
 determined by the ACK Range Count field; one of each value is present
 for each value in the ACK Range Count field.
 ACK Ranges are structured as shown in Figure 26.
 ACK Range {
   Gap (i),
   ACK Range Length (i),
 }
                         Figure 26: ACK Ranges
 The fields that form each ACK Range are:
 Gap:  A variable-length integer indicating the number of contiguous
    unacknowledged packets preceding the packet number one lower than
    the smallest in the preceding ACK Range.
 ACK Range Length:  A variable-length integer indicating the number of
    contiguous acknowledged packets preceding the largest packet
    number, as determined by the preceding Gap.
 Gap and ACK Range Length values use a relative integer encoding for
 efficiency.  Though each encoded value is positive, the values are
 subtracted, so that each ACK Range describes progressively lower-
 numbered packets.
 Each ACK Range acknowledges a contiguous range of packets by
 indicating the number of acknowledged packets that precede the
 largest packet number in that range.  A value of 0 indicates that
 only the largest packet number is acknowledged.  Larger ACK Range
 values indicate a larger range, with corresponding lower values for
 the smallest packet number in the range.  Thus, given a largest
 packet number for the range, the smallest value is determined by the
 following formula:
    smallest = largest - ack_range
 An ACK Range acknowledges all packets between the smallest packet
 number and the largest, inclusive.
 The largest value for an ACK Range is determined by cumulatively
 subtracting the size of all preceding ACK Range Lengths and Gaps.
 Each Gap indicates a range of packets that are not being
 acknowledged.  The number of packets in the gap is one higher than
 the encoded value of the Gap field.
 The value of the Gap field establishes the largest packet number
 value for the subsequent ACK Range using the following formula:
    largest = previous_smallest - gap - 2
 If any computed packet number is negative, an endpoint MUST generate
 a connection error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.

19.3.2. ECN Counts

 The ACK frame uses the least significant bit of the type value (that
 is, type 0x03) to indicate ECN feedback and report receipt of QUIC
 packets with associated ECN codepoints of ECT(0), ECT(1), or ECN-CE
 in the packet's IP header.  ECN counts are only present when the ACK
 frame type is 0x03.
 When present, there are three ECN counts, as shown in Figure 27.
 ECN Counts {
   ECT0 Count (i),
   ECT1 Count (i),
   ECN-CE Count (i),
 }
                      Figure 27: ECN Count Format
 The ECN count fields are:
 ECT0 Count:  A variable-length integer representing the total number
    of packets received with the ECT(0) codepoint in the packet number
    space of the ACK frame.
 ECT1 Count:  A variable-length integer representing the total number
    of packets received with the ECT(1) codepoint in the packet number
    space of the ACK frame.
 ECN-CE Count:  A variable-length integer representing the total
    number of packets received with the ECN-CE codepoint in the packet
    number space of the ACK frame.
 ECN counts are maintained separately for each packet number space.

19.4. RESET_STREAM Frames

 An endpoint uses a RESET_STREAM frame (type=0x04) to abruptly
 terminate the sending part of a stream.
 After sending a RESET_STREAM, an endpoint ceases transmission and
 retransmission of STREAM frames on the identified stream.  A receiver
 of RESET_STREAM can discard any data that it already received on that
 stream.
 An endpoint that receives a RESET_STREAM frame for a send-only stream
 MUST terminate the connection with error STREAM_STATE_ERROR.
 RESET_STREAM frames are formatted as shown in Figure 28.
 RESET_STREAM Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x04,
   Stream ID (i),
   Application Protocol Error Code (i),
   Final Size (i),
 }
                  Figure 28: RESET_STREAM Frame Format
 RESET_STREAM frames contain the following fields:
 Stream ID:  A variable-length integer encoding of the stream ID of
    the stream being terminated.
 Application Protocol Error Code:  A variable-length integer
    containing the application protocol error code (see Section 20.2)
    that indicates why the stream is being closed.
 Final Size:  A variable-length integer indicating the final size of
    the stream by the RESET_STREAM sender, in units of bytes; see
    Section 4.5.

19.5. STOP_SENDING Frames

 An endpoint uses a STOP_SENDING frame (type=0x05) to communicate that
 incoming data is being discarded on receipt per application request.
 STOP_SENDING requests that a peer cease transmission on a stream.
 A STOP_SENDING frame can be sent for streams in the "Recv" or "Size
 Known" states; see Section 3.2.  Receiving a STOP_SENDING frame for a
 locally initiated stream that has not yet been created MUST be
 treated as a connection error of type STREAM_STATE_ERROR.  An
 endpoint that receives a STOP_SENDING frame for a receive-only stream
 MUST terminate the connection with error STREAM_STATE_ERROR.
 STOP_SENDING frames are formatted as shown in Figure 29.
 STOP_SENDING Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x05,
   Stream ID (i),
   Application Protocol Error Code (i),
 }
                  Figure 29: STOP_SENDING Frame Format
 STOP_SENDING frames contain the following fields:
 Stream ID:  A variable-length integer carrying the stream ID of the
    stream being ignored.
 Application Protocol Error Code:  A variable-length integer
    containing the application-specified reason the sender is ignoring
    the stream; see Section 20.2.

19.6. CRYPTO Frames

 A CRYPTO frame (type=0x06) is used to transmit cryptographic
 handshake messages.  It can be sent in all packet types except 0-RTT.
 The CRYPTO frame offers the cryptographic protocol an in-order stream
 of bytes.  CRYPTO frames are functionally identical to STREAM frames,
 except that they do not bear a stream identifier; they are not flow
 controlled; and they do not carry markers for optional offset,
 optional length, and the end of the stream.
 CRYPTO frames are formatted as shown in Figure 30.
 CRYPTO Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x06,
   Offset (i),
   Length (i),
   Crypto Data (..),
 }
                     Figure 30: CRYPTO Frame Format
 CRYPTO frames contain the following fields:
 Offset:  A variable-length integer specifying the byte offset in the
    stream for the data in this CRYPTO frame.
 Length:  A variable-length integer specifying the length of the
    Crypto Data field in this CRYPTO frame.
 Crypto Data:  The cryptographic message data.
 There is a separate flow of cryptographic handshake data in each
 encryption level, each of which starts at an offset of 0.  This
 implies that each encryption level is treated as a separate CRYPTO
 stream of data.
 The largest offset delivered on a stream -- the sum of the offset and
 data length -- cannot exceed 2^62-1.  Receipt of a frame that exceeds
 this limit MUST be treated as a connection error of type
 FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR or CRYPTO_BUFFER_EXCEEDED.
 Unlike STREAM frames, which include a stream ID indicating to which
 stream the data belongs, the CRYPTO frame carries data for a single
 stream per encryption level.  The stream does not have an explicit
 end, so CRYPTO frames do not have a FIN bit.

19.7. NEW_TOKEN Frames

 A server sends a NEW_TOKEN frame (type=0x07) to provide the client
 with a token to send in the header of an Initial packet for a future
 connection.
 NEW_TOKEN frames are formatted as shown in Figure 31.
 NEW_TOKEN Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x07,
   Token Length (i),
   Token (..),
 }
                   Figure 31: NEW_TOKEN Frame Format
 NEW_TOKEN frames contain the following fields:
 Token Length:  A variable-length integer specifying the length of the
    token in bytes.
 Token:  An opaque blob that the client can use with a future Initial
    packet.  The token MUST NOT be empty.  A client MUST treat receipt
    of a NEW_TOKEN frame with an empty Token field as a connection
    error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.
 A client might receive multiple NEW_TOKEN frames that contain the
 same token value if packets containing the frame are incorrectly
 determined to be lost.  Clients are responsible for discarding
 duplicate values, which might be used to link connection attempts;
 see Section 8.1.3.
 Clients MUST NOT send NEW_TOKEN frames.  A server MUST treat receipt
 of a NEW_TOKEN frame as a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

19.8. STREAM Frames

 STREAM frames implicitly create a stream and carry stream data.  The
 Type field in the STREAM frame takes the form 0b00001XXX (or the set
 of values from 0x08 to 0x0f).  The three low-order bits of the frame
 type determine the fields that are present in the frame:
  • The OFF bit (0x04) in the frame type is set to indicate that there

is an Offset field present. When set to 1, the Offset field is

    present.  When set to 0, the Offset field is absent and the Stream
    Data starts at an offset of 0 (that is, the frame contains the
    first bytes of the stream, or the end of a stream that includes no
    data).
  • The LEN bit (0x02) in the frame type is set to indicate that there

is a Length field present. If this bit is set to 0, the Length

    field is absent and the Stream Data field extends to the end of
    the packet.  If this bit is set to 1, the Length field is present.
  • The FIN bit (0x01) indicates that the frame marks the end of the

stream. The final size of the stream is the sum of the offset and

    the length of this frame.
 An endpoint MUST terminate the connection with error
 STREAM_STATE_ERROR if it receives a STREAM frame for a locally
 initiated stream that has not yet been created, or for a send-only
 stream.
 STREAM frames are formatted as shown in Figure 32.
 STREAM Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x08..0x0f,
   Stream ID (i),
   [Offset (i)],
   [Length (i)],
   Stream Data (..),
 }
                     Figure 32: STREAM Frame Format
 STREAM frames contain the following fields:
 Stream ID:  A variable-length integer indicating the stream ID of the
    stream; see Section 2.1.
 Offset:  A variable-length integer specifying the byte offset in the
    stream for the data in this STREAM frame.  This field is present
    when the OFF bit is set to 1.  When the Offset field is absent,
    the offset is 0.
 Length:  A variable-length integer specifying the length of the
    Stream Data field in this STREAM frame.  This field is present
    when the LEN bit is set to 1.  When the LEN bit is set to 0, the
    Stream Data field consumes all the remaining bytes in the packet.
 Stream Data:  The bytes from the designated stream to be delivered.
 When a Stream Data field has a length of 0, the offset in the STREAM
 frame is the offset of the next byte that would be sent.
 The first byte in the stream has an offset of 0.  The largest offset
 delivered on a stream -- the sum of the offset and data length --
 cannot exceed 2^62-1, as it is not possible to provide flow control
 credit for that data.  Receipt of a frame that exceeds this limit
 MUST be treated as a connection error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR or
 FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR.

19.9. MAX_DATA Frames

 A MAX_DATA frame (type=0x10) is used in flow control to inform the
 peer of the maximum amount of data that can be sent on the connection
 as a whole.
 MAX_DATA frames are formatted as shown in Figure 33.
 MAX_DATA Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x10,
   Maximum Data (i),
 }
                    Figure 33: MAX_DATA Frame Format
 MAX_DATA frames contain the following field:
 Maximum Data:  A variable-length integer indicating the maximum
    amount of data that can be sent on the entire connection, in units
    of bytes.
 All data sent in STREAM frames counts toward this limit.  The sum of
 the final sizes on all streams -- including streams in terminal
 states -- MUST NOT exceed the value advertised by a receiver.  An
 endpoint MUST terminate a connection with an error of type
 FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR if it receives more data than the maximum data
 value that it has sent.  This includes violations of remembered
 limits in Early Data; see Section 7.4.1.

19.10. MAX_STREAM_DATA Frames

 A MAX_STREAM_DATA frame (type=0x11) is used in flow control to inform
 a peer of the maximum amount of data that can be sent on a stream.
 A MAX_STREAM_DATA frame can be sent for streams in the "Recv" state;
 see Section 3.2.  Receiving a MAX_STREAM_DATA frame for a locally
 initiated stream that has not yet been created MUST be treated as a
 connection error of type STREAM_STATE_ERROR.  An endpoint that
 receives a MAX_STREAM_DATA frame for a receive-only stream MUST
 terminate the connection with error STREAM_STATE_ERROR.
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frames are formatted as shown in Figure 34.
 MAX_STREAM_DATA Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x11,
   Stream ID (i),
   Maximum Stream Data (i),
 }
                Figure 34: MAX_STREAM_DATA Frame Format
 MAX_STREAM_DATA frames contain the following fields:
 Stream ID:  The stream ID of the affected stream, encoded as a
    variable-length integer.
 Maximum Stream Data:  A variable-length integer indicating the
    maximum amount of data that can be sent on the identified stream,
    in units of bytes.
 When counting data toward this limit, an endpoint accounts for the
 largest received offset of data that is sent or received on the
 stream.  Loss or reordering can mean that the largest received offset
 on a stream can be greater than the total size of data received on
 that stream.  Receiving STREAM frames might not increase the largest
 received offset.
 The data sent on a stream MUST NOT exceed the largest maximum stream
 data value advertised by the receiver.  An endpoint MUST terminate a
 connection with an error of type FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR if it receives
 more data than the largest maximum stream data that it has sent for
 the affected stream.  This includes violations of remembered limits
 in Early Data; see Section 7.4.1.

19.11. MAX_STREAMS Frames

 A MAX_STREAMS frame (type=0x12 or 0x13) informs the peer of the
 cumulative number of streams of a given type it is permitted to open.
 A MAX_STREAMS frame with a type of 0x12 applies to bidirectional
 streams, and a MAX_STREAMS frame with a type of 0x13 applies to
 unidirectional streams.
 MAX_STREAMS frames are formatted as shown in Figure 35.
 MAX_STREAMS Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x12..0x13,
   Maximum Streams (i),
 }
                  Figure 35: MAX_STREAMS Frame Format
 MAX_STREAMS frames contain the following field:
 Maximum Streams:  A count of the cumulative number of streams of the
    corresponding type that can be opened over the lifetime of the
    connection.  This value cannot exceed 2^60, as it is not possible
    to encode stream IDs larger than 2^62-1.  Receipt of a frame that
    permits opening of a stream larger than this limit MUST be treated
    as a connection error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.
 Loss or reordering can cause an endpoint to receive a MAX_STREAMS
 frame with a lower stream limit than was previously received.
 MAX_STREAMS frames that do not increase the stream limit MUST be
 ignored.
 An endpoint MUST NOT open more streams than permitted by the current
 stream limit set by its peer.  For instance, a server that receives a
 unidirectional stream limit of 3 is permitted to open streams 3, 7,
 and 11, but not stream 15.  An endpoint MUST terminate a connection
 with an error of type STREAM_LIMIT_ERROR if a peer opens more streams
 than was permitted.  This includes violations of remembered limits in
 Early Data; see Section 7.4.1.
 Note that these frames (and the corresponding transport parameters)
 do not describe the number of streams that can be opened
 concurrently.  The limit includes streams that have been closed as
 well as those that are open.

19.12. DATA_BLOCKED Frames

 A sender SHOULD send a DATA_BLOCKED frame (type=0x14) when it wishes
 to send data but is unable to do so due to connection-level flow
 control; see Section 4.  DATA_BLOCKED frames can be used as input to
 tuning of flow control algorithms; see Section 4.2.
 DATA_BLOCKED frames are formatted as shown in Figure 36.
 DATA_BLOCKED Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x14,
   Maximum Data (i),
 }
                  Figure 36: DATA_BLOCKED Frame Format
 DATA_BLOCKED frames contain the following field:
 Maximum Data:  A variable-length integer indicating the connection-
    level limit at which blocking occurred.

19.13. STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED Frames

 A sender SHOULD send a STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frame (type=0x15) when it
 wishes to send data but is unable to do so due to stream-level flow
 control.  This frame is analogous to DATA_BLOCKED (Section 19.12).
 An endpoint that receives a STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frame for a send-only
 stream MUST terminate the connection with error STREAM_STATE_ERROR.
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames are formatted as shown in Figure 37.
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x15,
   Stream ID (i),
   Maximum Stream Data (i),
 }
              Figure 37: STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED Frame Format
 STREAM_DATA_BLOCKED frames contain the following fields:
 Stream ID:  A variable-length integer indicating the stream that is
    blocked due to flow control.
 Maximum Stream Data:  A variable-length integer indicating the offset
    of the stream at which the blocking occurred.

19.14. STREAMS_BLOCKED Frames

 A sender SHOULD send a STREAMS_BLOCKED frame (type=0x16 or 0x17) when
 it wishes to open a stream but is unable to do so due to the maximum
 stream limit set by its peer; see Section 19.11.  A STREAMS_BLOCKED
 frame of type 0x16 is used to indicate reaching the bidirectional
 stream limit, and a STREAMS_BLOCKED frame of type 0x17 is used to
 indicate reaching the unidirectional stream limit.
 A STREAMS_BLOCKED frame does not open the stream, but informs the
 peer that a new stream was needed and the stream limit prevented the
 creation of the stream.
 STREAMS_BLOCKED frames are formatted as shown in Figure 38.
 STREAMS_BLOCKED Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x16..0x17,
   Maximum Streams (i),
 }
                Figure 38: STREAMS_BLOCKED Frame Format
 STREAMS_BLOCKED frames contain the following field:
 Maximum Streams:  A variable-length integer indicating the maximum
    number of streams allowed at the time the frame was sent.  This
    value cannot exceed 2^60, as it is not possible to encode stream
    IDs larger than 2^62-1.  Receipt of a frame that encodes a larger
    stream ID MUST be treated as a connection error of type
    STREAM_LIMIT_ERROR or FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.

19.15. NEW_CONNECTION_ID Frames

 An endpoint sends a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame (type=0x18) to provide
 its peer with alternative connection IDs that can be used to break
 linkability when migrating connections; see Section 9.5.
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames are formatted as shown in Figure 39.
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x18,
   Sequence Number (i),
   Retire Prior To (i),
   Length (8),
   Connection ID (8..160),
   Stateless Reset Token (128),
 }
               Figure 39: NEW_CONNECTION_ID Frame Format
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames contain the following fields:
 Sequence Number:  The sequence number assigned to the connection ID
    by the sender, encoded as a variable-length integer; see
    Section 5.1.1.
 Retire Prior To:  A variable-length integer indicating which
    connection IDs should be retired; see Section 5.1.2.
 Length:  An 8-bit unsigned integer containing the length of the
    connection ID.  Values less than 1 and greater than 20 are invalid
    and MUST be treated as a connection error of type
    FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.
 Connection ID:  A connection ID of the specified length.
 Stateless Reset Token:  A 128-bit value that will be used for a
    stateless reset when the associated connection ID is used; see
    Section 10.3.
 An endpoint MUST NOT send this frame if it currently requires that
 its peer send packets with a zero-length Destination Connection ID.
 Changing the length of a connection ID to or from zero length makes
 it difficult to identify when the value of the connection ID changed.
 An endpoint that is sending packets with a zero-length Destination
 Connection ID MUST treat receipt of a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame as a
 connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 Transmission errors, timeouts, and retransmissions might cause the
 same NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame to be received multiple times.  Receipt
 of the same frame multiple times MUST NOT be treated as a connection
 error.  A receiver can use the sequence number supplied in the
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame to handle receiving the same
 NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame multiple times.
 If an endpoint receives a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame that repeats a
 previously issued connection ID with a different Stateless Reset
 Token field value or a different Sequence Number field value, or if a
 sequence number is used for different connection IDs, the endpoint
 MAY treat that receipt as a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 The Retire Prior To field applies to connection IDs established
 during connection setup and the preferred_address transport
 parameter; see Section 5.1.2.  The value in the Retire Prior To field
 MUST be less than or equal to the value in the Sequence Number field.
 Receiving a value in the Retire Prior To field that is greater than
 that in the Sequence Number field MUST be treated as a connection
 error of type FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR.
 Once a sender indicates a Retire Prior To value, smaller values sent
 in subsequent NEW_CONNECTION_ID frames have no effect.  A receiver
 MUST ignore any Retire Prior To fields that do not increase the
 largest received Retire Prior To value.
 An endpoint that receives a NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame with a sequence
 number smaller than the Retire Prior To field of a previously
 received NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame MUST send a corresponding
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame that retires the newly received connection
 ID, unless it has already done so for that sequence number.

19.16. RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID Frames

 An endpoint sends a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame (type=0x19) to
 indicate that it will no longer use a connection ID that was issued
 by its peer.  This includes the connection ID provided during the
 handshake.  Sending a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame also serves as a
 request to the peer to send additional connection IDs for future use;
 see Section 5.1.  New connection IDs can be delivered to a peer using
 the NEW_CONNECTION_ID frame (Section 19.15).
 Retiring a connection ID invalidates the stateless reset token
 associated with that connection ID.
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames are formatted as shown in Figure 40.
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x19,
   Sequence Number (i),
 }
              Figure 40: RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID Frame Format
 RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frames contain the following field:
 Sequence Number:  The sequence number of the connection ID being
    retired; see Section 5.1.2.
 Receipt of a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame containing a sequence number
 greater than any previously sent to the peer MUST be treated as a
 connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 The sequence number specified in a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID frame MUST
 NOT refer to the Destination Connection ID field of the packet in
 which the frame is contained.  The peer MAY treat this as a
 connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.
 An endpoint cannot send this frame if it was provided with a zero-
 length connection ID by its peer.  An endpoint that provides a zero-
 length connection ID MUST treat receipt of a RETIRE_CONNECTION_ID
 frame as a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

19.17. PATH_CHALLENGE Frames

 Endpoints can use PATH_CHALLENGE frames (type=0x1a) to check
 reachability to the peer and for path validation during connection
 migration.
 PATH_CHALLENGE frames are formatted as shown in Figure 41.
 PATH_CHALLENGE Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x1a,
   Data (64),
 }
                 Figure 41: PATH_CHALLENGE Frame Format
 PATH_CHALLENGE frames contain the following field:
 Data:  This 8-byte field contains arbitrary data.
 Including 64 bits of entropy in a PATH_CHALLENGE frame ensures that
 it is easier to receive the packet than it is to guess the value
 correctly.
 The recipient of this frame MUST generate a PATH_RESPONSE frame
 (Section 19.18) containing the same Data value.

19.18. PATH_RESPONSE Frames

 A PATH_RESPONSE frame (type=0x1b) is sent in response to a
 PATH_CHALLENGE frame.
 PATH_RESPONSE frames are formatted as shown in Figure 42.  The format
 of a PATH_RESPONSE frame is identical to that of the PATH_CHALLENGE
 frame; see Section 19.17.
 PATH_RESPONSE Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x1b,
   Data (64),
 }
                 Figure 42: PATH_RESPONSE Frame Format
 If the content of a PATH_RESPONSE frame does not match the content of
 a PATH_CHALLENGE frame previously sent by the endpoint, the endpoint
 MAY generate a connection error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

19.19. CONNECTION_CLOSE Frames

 An endpoint sends a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame (type=0x1c or 0x1d) to
 notify its peer that the connection is being closed.  The
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a type of 0x1c is used to signal errors
 at only the QUIC layer, or the absence of errors (with the NO_ERROR
 code).  The CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a type of 0x1d is used to
 signal an error with the application that uses QUIC.
 If there are open streams that have not been explicitly closed, they
 are implicitly closed when the connection is closed.
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames are formatted as shown in Figure 43.
 CONNECTION_CLOSE Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x1c..0x1d,
   Error Code (i),
   [Frame Type (i)],
   Reason Phrase Length (i),
   Reason Phrase (..),
 }
                Figure 43: CONNECTION_CLOSE Frame Format
 CONNECTION_CLOSE frames contain the following fields:
 Error Code:  A variable-length integer that indicates the reason for
    closing this connection.  A CONNECTION_CLOSE frame of type 0x1c
    uses codes from the space defined in Section 20.1.  A
    CONNECTION_CLOSE frame of type 0x1d uses codes defined by the
    application protocol; see Section 20.2.
 Frame Type:  A variable-length integer encoding the type of frame
    that triggered the error.  A value of 0 (equivalent to the mention
    of the PADDING frame) is used when the frame type is unknown.  The
    application-specific variant of CONNECTION_CLOSE (type 0x1d) does
    not include this field.
 Reason Phrase Length:  A variable-length integer specifying the
    length of the reason phrase in bytes.  Because a CONNECTION_CLOSE
    frame cannot be split between packets, any limits on packet size
    will also limit the space available for a reason phrase.
 Reason Phrase:  Additional diagnostic information for the closure.
    This can be zero length if the sender chooses not to give details
    beyond the Error Code value.  This SHOULD be a UTF-8 encoded
    string [RFC3629], though the frame does not carry information,
    such as language tags, that would aid comprehension by any entity
    other than the one that created the text.
 The application-specific variant of CONNECTION_CLOSE (type 0x1d) can
 only be sent using 0-RTT or 1-RTT packets; see Section 12.5.  When an
 application wishes to abandon a connection during the handshake, an
 endpoint can send a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame (type 0x1c) with an error
 code of APPLICATION_ERROR in an Initial or Handshake packet.

19.20. HANDSHAKE_DONE Frames

 The server uses a HANDSHAKE_DONE frame (type=0x1e) to signal
 confirmation of the handshake to the client.
 HANDSHAKE_DONE frames are formatted as shown in Figure 44, which
 shows that HANDSHAKE_DONE frames have no content.
 HANDSHAKE_DONE Frame {
   Type (i) = 0x1e,
 }
                 Figure 44: HANDSHAKE_DONE Frame Format
 A HANDSHAKE_DONE frame can only be sent by the server.  Servers MUST
 NOT send a HANDSHAKE_DONE frame before completing the handshake.  A
 server MUST treat receipt of a HANDSHAKE_DONE frame as a connection
 error of type PROTOCOL_VIOLATION.

19.21. Extension Frames

 QUIC frames do not use a self-describing encoding.  An endpoint
 therefore needs to understand the syntax of all frames before it can
 successfully process a packet.  This allows for efficient encoding of
 frames, but it means that an endpoint cannot send a frame of a type
 that is unknown to its peer.
 An extension to QUIC that wishes to use a new type of frame MUST
 first ensure that a peer is able to understand the frame.  An
 endpoint can use a transport parameter to signal its willingness to
 receive extension frame types.  One transport parameter can indicate
 support for one or more extension frame types.
 Extensions that modify or replace core protocol functionality
 (including frame types) will be difficult to combine with other
 extensions that modify or replace the same functionality unless the
 behavior of the combination is explicitly defined.  Such extensions
 SHOULD define their interaction with previously defined extensions
 modifying the same protocol components.
 Extension frames MUST be congestion controlled and MUST cause an ACK
 frame to be sent.  The exception is extension frames that replace or
 supplement the ACK frame.  Extension frames are not included in flow
 control unless specified in the extension.
 An IANA registry is used to manage the assignment of frame types; see
 Section 22.4.

20. Error Codes

 QUIC transport error codes and application error codes are 62-bit
 unsigned integers.

20.1. Transport Error Codes

 This section lists the defined QUIC transport error codes that can be
 used in a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a type of 0x1c.  These errors
 apply to the entire connection.
 NO_ERROR (0x00):  An endpoint uses this with CONNECTION_CLOSE to
    signal that the connection is being closed abruptly in the absence
    of any error.
 INTERNAL_ERROR (0x01):  The endpoint encountered an internal error
    and cannot continue with the connection.
 CONNECTION_REFUSED (0x02):  The server refused to accept a new
    connection.
 FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR (0x03):  An endpoint received more data than it
    permitted in its advertised data limits; see Section 4.
 STREAM_LIMIT_ERROR (0x04):  An endpoint received a frame for a stream
    identifier that exceeded its advertised stream limit for the
    corresponding stream type.
 STREAM_STATE_ERROR (0x05):  An endpoint received a frame for a stream
    that was not in a state that permitted that frame; see Section 3.
 FINAL_SIZE_ERROR (0x06):  (1) An endpoint received a STREAM frame
    containing data that exceeded the previously established final
    size, (2) an endpoint received a STREAM frame or a RESET_STREAM
    frame containing a final size that was lower than the size of
    stream data that was already received, or (3) an endpoint received
    a STREAM frame or a RESET_STREAM frame containing a different
    final size to the one already established.
 FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR (0x07):  An endpoint received a frame that was
    badly formatted -- for instance, a frame of an unknown type or an
    ACK frame that has more acknowledgment ranges than the remainder
    of the packet could carry.
 TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR (0x08):  An endpoint received transport
    parameters that were badly formatted, included an invalid value,
    omitted a mandatory transport parameter, included a forbidden
    transport parameter, or were otherwise in error.
 CONNECTION_ID_LIMIT_ERROR (0x09):  The number of connection IDs
    provided by the peer exceeds the advertised
    active_connection_id_limit.
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION (0x0a):  An endpoint detected an error with
    protocol compliance that was not covered by more specific error
    codes.
 INVALID_TOKEN (0x0b):  A server received a client Initial that
    contained an invalid Token field.
 APPLICATION_ERROR (0x0c):  The application or application protocol
    caused the connection to be closed.
 CRYPTO_BUFFER_EXCEEDED (0x0d):  An endpoint has received more data in
    CRYPTO frames than it can buffer.
 KEY_UPDATE_ERROR (0x0e):  An endpoint detected errors in performing
    key updates; see Section 6 of [QUIC-TLS].
 AEAD_LIMIT_REACHED (0x0f):  An endpoint has reached the
    confidentiality or integrity limit for the AEAD algorithm used by
    the given connection.
 NO_VIABLE_PATH (0x10):  An endpoint has determined that the network
    path is incapable of supporting QUIC.  An endpoint is unlikely to
    receive a CONNECTION_CLOSE frame carrying this code except when
    the path does not support a large enough MTU.
 CRYPTO_ERROR (0x0100-0x01ff):  The cryptographic handshake failed.  A
    range of 256 values is reserved for carrying error codes specific
    to the cryptographic handshake that is used.  Codes for errors
    occurring when TLS is used for the cryptographic handshake are
    described in Section 4.8 of [QUIC-TLS].
 See Section 22.5 for details on registering new error codes.
 In defining these error codes, several principles are applied.  Error
 conditions that might require specific action on the part of a
 recipient are given unique codes.  Errors that represent common
 conditions are given specific codes.  Absent either of these
 conditions, error codes are used to identify a general function of
 the stack, like flow control or transport parameter handling.
 Finally, generic errors are provided for conditions where
 implementations are unable or unwilling to use more specific codes.

20.2. Application Protocol Error Codes

 The management of application error codes is left to application
 protocols.  Application protocol error codes are used for the
 RESET_STREAM frame (Section 19.4), the STOP_SENDING frame
 (Section 19.5), and the CONNECTION_CLOSE frame with a type of 0x1d
 (Section 19.19).

21. Security Considerations

 The goal of QUIC is to provide a secure transport connection.
 Section 21.1 provides an overview of those properties; subsequent
 sections discuss constraints and caveats regarding these properties,
 including descriptions of known attacks and countermeasures.

21.1. Overview of Security Properties

 A complete security analysis of QUIC is outside the scope of this
 document.  This section provides an informal description of the
 desired security properties as an aid to implementers and to help
 guide protocol analysis.
 QUIC assumes the threat model described in [SEC-CONS] and provides
 protections against many of the attacks that arise from that model.
 For this purpose, attacks are divided into passive and active
 attacks.  Passive attackers have the ability to read packets from the
 network, while active attackers also have the ability to write
 packets into the network.  However, a passive attack could involve an
 attacker with the ability to cause a routing change or other
 modification in the path taken by packets that comprise a connection.
 Attackers are additionally categorized as either on-path attackers or
 off-path attackers.  An on-path attacker can read, modify, or remove
 any packet it observes such that the packet no longer reaches its
 destination, while an off-path attacker observes the packets but
 cannot prevent the original packet from reaching its intended
 destination.  Both types of attackers can also transmit arbitrary
 packets.  This definition differs from that of Section 3.5 of
 [SEC-CONS] in that an off-path attacker is able to observe packets.
 Properties of the handshake, protected packets, and connection
 migration are considered separately.

21.1.1. Handshake

 The QUIC handshake incorporates the TLS 1.3 handshake and inherits
 the cryptographic properties described in Appendix E.1 of [TLS13].
 Many of the security properties of QUIC depend on the TLS handshake
 providing these properties.  Any attack on the TLS handshake could
 affect QUIC.
 Any attack on the TLS handshake that compromises the secrecy or
 uniqueness of session keys, or the authentication of the
 participating peers, affects other security guarantees provided by
 QUIC that depend on those keys.  For instance, migration (Section 9)
 depends on the efficacy of confidentiality protections, both for the
 negotiation of keys using the TLS handshake and for QUIC packet
 protection, to avoid linkability across network paths.
 An attack on the integrity of the TLS handshake might allow an
 attacker to affect the selection of application protocol or QUIC
 version.
 In addition to the properties provided by TLS, the QUIC handshake
 provides some defense against DoS attacks on the handshake.

21.1.1.1. Anti-Amplification

 Address validation (Section 8) is used to verify that an entity that
 claims a given address is able to receive packets at that address.
 Address validation limits amplification attack targets to addresses
 for which an attacker can observe packets.
 Prior to address validation, endpoints are limited in what they are
 able to send.  Endpoints cannot send data toward an unvalidated
 address in excess of three times the data received from that address.
    |  Note: The anti-amplification limit only applies when an
    |  endpoint responds to packets received from an unvalidated
    |  address.  The anti-amplification limit does not apply to
    |  clients when establishing a new connection or when initiating
    |  connection migration.

21.1.1.2. Server-Side DoS

 Computing the server's first flight for a full handshake is
 potentially expensive, requiring both a signature and a key exchange
 computation.  In order to prevent computational DoS attacks, the
 Retry packet provides a cheap token exchange mechanism that allows
 servers to validate a client's IP address prior to doing any
 expensive computations at the cost of a single round trip.  After a
 successful handshake, servers can issue new tokens to a client, which
 will allow new connection establishment without incurring this cost.

21.1.1.3. On-Path Handshake Termination

 An on-path or off-path attacker can force a handshake to fail by
 replacing or racing Initial packets.  Once valid Initial packets have
 been exchanged, subsequent Handshake packets are protected with the
 Handshake keys, and an on-path attacker cannot force handshake
 failure other than by dropping packets to cause endpoints to abandon
 the attempt.
 An on-path attacker can also replace the addresses of packets on
 either side and therefore cause the client or server to have an
 incorrect view of the remote addresses.  Such an attack is
 indistinguishable from the functions performed by a NAT.

21.1.1.4. Parameter Negotiation

 The entire handshake is cryptographically protected, with the Initial
 packets being encrypted with per-version keys and the Handshake and
 later packets being encrypted with keys derived from the TLS key
 exchange.  Further, parameter negotiation is folded into the TLS
 transcript and thus provides the same integrity guarantees as
 ordinary TLS negotiation.  An attacker can observe the client's
 transport parameters (as long as it knows the version-specific salt)
 but cannot observe the server's transport parameters and cannot
 influence parameter negotiation.
 Connection IDs are unencrypted but integrity protected in all
 packets.
 This version of QUIC does not incorporate a version negotiation
 mechanism; implementations of incompatible versions will simply fail
 to establish a connection.

21.1.2. Protected Packets

 Packet protection (Section 12.1) applies authenticated encryption to
 all packets except Version Negotiation packets, though Initial and
 Retry packets have limited protection due to the use of version-
 specific keying material; see [QUIC-TLS] for more details.  This
 section considers passive and active attacks against protected
 packets.
 Both on-path and off-path attackers can mount a passive attack in
 which they save observed packets for an offline attack against packet
 protection at a future time; this is true for any observer of any
 packet on any network.
 An attacker that injects packets without being able to observe valid
 packets for a connection is unlikely to be successful, since packet
 protection ensures that valid packets are only generated by endpoints
 that possess the key material established during the handshake; see
 Sections 7 and 21.1.1.  Similarly, any active attacker that observes
 packets and attempts to insert new data or modify existing data in
 those packets should not be able to generate packets deemed valid by
 the receiving endpoint, other than Initial packets.
 A spoofing attack, in which an active attacker rewrites unprotected
 parts of a packet that it forwards or injects, such as the source or
 destination address, is only effective if the attacker can forward
 packets to the original endpoint.  Packet protection ensures that the
 packet payloads can only be processed by the endpoints that completed
 the handshake, and invalid packets are ignored by those endpoints.
 An attacker can also modify the boundaries between packets and UDP
 datagrams, causing multiple packets to be coalesced into a single
 datagram or splitting coalesced packets into multiple datagrams.
 Aside from datagrams containing Initial packets, which require
 padding, modification of how packets are arranged in datagrams has no
 functional effect on a connection, although it might change some
 performance characteristics.

21.1.3. Connection Migration

 Connection migration (Section 9) provides endpoints with the ability
 to transition between IP addresses and ports on multiple paths, using
 one path at a time for transmission and receipt of non-probing
 frames.  Path validation (Section 8.2) establishes that a peer is
 both willing and able to receive packets sent on a particular path.
 This helps reduce the effects of address spoofing by limiting the
 number of packets sent to a spoofed address.
 This section describes the intended security properties of connection
 migration under various types of DoS attacks.

21.1.3.1. On-Path Active Attacks

 An attacker that can cause a packet it observes to no longer reach
 its intended destination is considered an on-path attacker.  When an
 attacker is present between a client and server, endpoints are
 required to send packets through the attacker to establish
 connectivity on a given path.
 An on-path attacker can:
  • Inspect packets
  • Modify IP and UDP packet headers
  • Inject new packets
  • Delay packets
  • Reorder packets
  • Drop packets
  • Split and merge datagrams along packet boundaries
 An on-path attacker cannot:
  • Modify an authenticated portion of a packet and cause the

recipient to accept that packet

 An on-path attacker has the opportunity to modify the packets that it
 observes; however, any modifications to an authenticated portion of a
 packet will cause it to be dropped by the receiving endpoint as
 invalid, as packet payloads are both authenticated and encrypted.
 QUIC aims to constrain the capabilities of an on-path attacker as
 follows:
 1.  An on-path attacker can prevent the use of a path for a
     connection, causing the connection to fail if it cannot use a
     different path that does not contain the attacker.  This can be
     achieved by dropping all packets, modifying them so that they
     fail to decrypt, or other methods.
 2.  An on-path attacker can prevent migration to a new path for which
     the attacker is also on-path by causing path validation to fail
     on the new path.
 3.  An on-path attacker cannot prevent a client from migrating to a
     path for which the attacker is not on-path.
 4.  An on-path attacker can reduce the throughput of a connection by
     delaying packets or dropping them.
 5.  An on-path attacker cannot cause an endpoint to accept a packet
     for which it has modified an authenticated portion of that
     packet.

21.1.3.2. Off-Path Active Attacks

 An off-path attacker is not directly on the path between a client and
 server but could be able to obtain copies of some or all packets sent
 between the client and the server.  It is also able to send copies of
 those packets to either endpoint.
 An off-path attacker can:
  • Inspect packets
  • Inject new packets
  • Reorder injected packets
 An off-path attacker cannot:
  • Modify packets sent by endpoints
  • Delay packets
  • Drop packets
  • Reorder original packets
 An off-path attacker can create modified copies of packets that it
 has observed and inject those copies into the network, potentially
 with spoofed source and destination addresses.
 For the purposes of this discussion, it is assumed that an off-path
 attacker has the ability to inject a modified copy of a packet into
 the network that will reach the destination endpoint prior to the
 arrival of the original packet observed by the attacker.  In other
 words, an attacker has the ability to consistently "win" a race with
 the legitimate packets between the endpoints, potentially causing the
 original packet to be ignored by the recipient.
 It is also assumed that an attacker has the resources necessary to
 affect NAT state.  In particular, an attacker can cause an endpoint
 to lose its NAT binding and then obtain the same port for use with
 its own traffic.
 QUIC aims to constrain the capabilities of an off-path attacker as
 follows:
 1.  An off-path attacker can race packets and attempt to become a
     "limited" on-path attacker.
 2.  An off-path attacker can cause path validation to succeed for
     forwarded packets with the source address listed as the off-path
     attacker as long as it can provide improved connectivity between
     the client and the server.
 3.  An off-path attacker cannot cause a connection to close once the
     handshake has completed.
 4.  An off-path attacker cannot cause migration to a new path to fail
     if it cannot observe the new path.
 5.  An off-path attacker can become a limited on-path attacker during
     migration to a new path for which it is also an off-path
     attacker.
 6.  An off-path attacker can become a limited on-path attacker by
     affecting shared NAT state such that it sends packets to the
     server from the same IP address and port that the client
     originally used.

21.1.3.3. Limited On-Path Active Attacks

 A limited on-path attacker is an off-path attacker that has offered
 improved routing of packets by duplicating and forwarding original
 packets between the server and the client, causing those packets to
 arrive before the original copies such that the original packets are
 dropped by the destination endpoint.
 A limited on-path attacker differs from an on-path attacker in that
 it is not on the original path between endpoints, and therefore the
 original packets sent by an endpoint are still reaching their
 destination.  This means that a future failure to route copied
 packets to the destination faster than their original path will not
 prevent the original packets from reaching the destination.
 A limited on-path attacker can:
  • Inspect packets
  • Inject new packets
  • Modify unencrypted packet headers
  • Reorder packets
 A limited on-path attacker cannot:
  • Delay packets so that they arrive later than packets sent on the

original path

  • Drop packets
  • Modify the authenticated and encrypted portion of a packet and

cause the recipient to accept that packet

 A limited on-path attacker can only delay packets up to the point
 that the original packets arrive before the duplicate packets,
 meaning that it cannot offer routing with worse latency than the
 original path.  If a limited on-path attacker drops packets, the
 original copy will still arrive at the destination endpoint.
 QUIC aims to constrain the capabilities of a limited off-path
 attacker as follows:
 1.  A limited on-path attacker cannot cause a connection to close
     once the handshake has completed.
 2.  A limited on-path attacker cannot cause an idle connection to
     close if the client is first to resume activity.
 3.  A limited on-path attacker can cause an idle connection to be
     deemed lost if the server is the first to resume activity.
 Note that these guarantees are the same guarantees provided for any
 NAT, for the same reasons.

21.2. Handshake Denial of Service

 As an encrypted and authenticated transport, QUIC provides a range of
 protections against denial of service.  Once the cryptographic
 handshake is complete, QUIC endpoints discard most packets that are
 not authenticated, greatly limiting the ability of an attacker to
 interfere with existing connections.
 Once a connection is established, QUIC endpoints might accept some
 unauthenticated ICMP packets (see Section 14.2.1), but the use of
 these packets is extremely limited.  The only other type of packet
 that an endpoint might accept is a stateless reset (Section 10.3),
 which relies on the token being kept secret until it is used.
 During the creation of a connection, QUIC only provides protection
 against attacks from off the network path.  All QUIC packets contain
 proof that the recipient saw a preceding packet from its peer.
 Addresses cannot change during the handshake, so endpoints can
 discard packets that are received on a different network path.
 The Source and Destination Connection ID fields are the primary means
 of protection against an off-path attack during the handshake; see
 Section 8.1.  These are required to match those set by a peer.
 Except for Initial and Stateless Resets, an endpoint only accepts
 packets that include a Destination Connection ID field that matches a
 value the endpoint previously chose.  This is the only protection
 offered for Version Negotiation packets.
 The Destination Connection ID field in an Initial packet is selected
 by a client to be unpredictable, which serves an additional purpose.
 The packets that carry the cryptographic handshake are protected with
 a key that is derived from this connection ID and a salt specific to
 the QUIC version.  This allows endpoints to use the same process for
 authenticating packets that they receive as they use after the
 cryptographic handshake completes.  Packets that cannot be
 authenticated are discarded.  Protecting packets in this fashion
 provides a strong assurance that the sender of the packet saw the
 Initial packet and understood it.
 These protections are not intended to be effective against an
 attacker that is able to receive QUIC packets prior to the connection
 being established.  Such an attacker can potentially send packets
 that will be accepted by QUIC endpoints.  This version of QUIC
 attempts to detect this sort of attack, but it expects that endpoints
 will fail to establish a connection rather than recovering.  For the
 most part, the cryptographic handshake protocol [QUIC-TLS] is
 responsible for detecting tampering during the handshake.
 Endpoints are permitted to use other methods to detect and attempt to
 recover from interference with the handshake.  Invalid packets can be
 identified and discarded using other methods, but no specific method
 is mandated in this document.

21.3. Amplification Attack

 An attacker might be able to receive an address validation token
 (Section 8) from a server and then release the IP address it used to
 acquire that token.  At a later time, the attacker can initiate a
 0-RTT connection with a server by spoofing this same address, which
 might now address a different (victim) endpoint.  The attacker can
 thus potentially cause the server to send an initial congestion
 window's worth of data towards the victim.
 Servers SHOULD provide mitigations for this attack by limiting the
 usage and lifetime of address validation tokens; see Section 8.1.3.

21.4. Optimistic ACK Attack

 An endpoint that acknowledges packets it has not received might cause
 a congestion controller to permit sending at rates beyond what the
 network supports.  An endpoint MAY skip packet numbers when sending
 packets to detect this behavior.  An endpoint can then immediately
 close the connection with a connection error of type
 PROTOCOL_VIOLATION; see Section 10.2.

21.5. Request Forgery Attacks

 A request forgery attack occurs where an endpoint causes its peer to
 issue a request towards a victim, with the request controlled by the
 endpoint.  Request forgery attacks aim to provide an attacker with
 access to capabilities of its peer that might otherwise be
 unavailable to the attacker.  For a networking protocol, a request
 forgery attack is often used to exploit any implicit authorization
 conferred on the peer by the victim due to the peer's location in the
 network.
 For request forgery to be effective, an attacker needs to be able to
 influence what packets the peer sends and where these packets are
 sent.  If an attacker can target a vulnerable service with a
 controlled payload, that service might perform actions that are
 attributed to the attacker's peer but are decided by the attacker.
 For example, cross-site request forgery [CSRF] exploits on the Web
 cause a client to issue requests that include authorization cookies
 [COOKIE], allowing one site access to information and actions that
 are intended to be restricted to a different site.
 As QUIC runs over UDP, the primary attack modality of concern is one
 where an attacker can select the address to which its peer sends UDP
 datagrams and can control some of the unprotected content of those
 packets.  As much of the data sent by QUIC endpoints is protected,
 this includes control over ciphertext.  An attack is successful if an
 attacker can cause a peer to send a UDP datagram to a host that will
 perform some action based on content in the datagram.
 This section discusses ways in which QUIC might be used for request
 forgery attacks.
 This section also describes limited countermeasures that can be
 implemented by QUIC endpoints.  These mitigations can be employed
 unilaterally by a QUIC implementation or deployment, without
 potential targets for request forgery attacks taking action.
 However, these countermeasures could be insufficient if UDP-based
 services do not properly authorize requests.
 Because the migration attack described in Section 21.5.4 is quite
 powerful and does not have adequate countermeasures, QUIC server
 implementations should assume that attackers can cause them to
 generate arbitrary UDP payloads to arbitrary destinations.  QUIC
 servers SHOULD NOT be deployed in networks that do not deploy ingress
 filtering [BCP38] and also have inadequately secured UDP endpoints.
 Although it is not generally possible to ensure that clients are not
 co-located with vulnerable endpoints, this version of QUIC does not
 allow servers to migrate, thus preventing spoofed migration attacks
 on clients.  Any future extension that allows server migration MUST
 also define countermeasures for forgery attacks.

21.5.1. Control Options for Endpoints

 QUIC offers some opportunities for an attacker to influence or
 control where its peer sends UDP datagrams:
  • initial connection establishment (Section 7), where a server is

able to choose where a client sends datagrams – for example, by

    populating DNS records;
  • preferred addresses (Section 9.6), where a server is able to

choose where a client sends datagrams;

  • spoofed connection migrations (Section 9.3.1), where a client is

able to use source address spoofing to select where a server sends

    subsequent datagrams; and
  • spoofed packets that cause a server to send a Version Negotiation

packet (Section 21.5.5).

 In all cases, the attacker can cause its peer to send datagrams to a
 victim that might not understand QUIC.  That is, these packets are
 sent by the peer prior to address validation; see Section 8.
 Outside of the encrypted portion of packets, QUIC offers an endpoint
 several options for controlling the content of UDP datagrams that its
 peer sends.  The Destination Connection ID field offers direct
 control over bytes that appear early in packets sent by the peer; see
 Section 5.1.  The Token field in Initial packets offers a server
 control over other bytes of Initial packets; see Section 17.2.2.
 There are no measures in this version of QUIC to prevent indirect
 control over the encrypted portions of packets.  It is necessary to
 assume that endpoints are able to control the contents of frames that
 a peer sends, especially those frames that convey application data,
 such as STREAM frames.  Though this depends to some degree on details
 of the application protocol, some control is possible in many
 protocol usage contexts.  As the attacker has access to packet
 protection keys, they are likely to be capable of predicting how a
 peer will encrypt future packets.  Successful control over datagram
 content then only requires that the attacker be able to predict the
 packet number and placement of frames in packets with some amount of
 reliability.
 This section assumes that limiting control over datagram content is
 not feasible.  The focus of the mitigations in subsequent sections is
 on limiting the ways in which datagrams that are sent prior to
 address validation can be used for request forgery.

21.5.2. Request Forgery with Client Initial Packets

 An attacker acting as a server can choose the IP address and port on
 which it advertises its availability, so Initial packets from clients
 are assumed to be available for use in this sort of attack.  The
 address validation implicit in the handshake ensures that -- for a
 new connection -- a client will not send other types of packets to a
 destination that does not understand QUIC or is not willing to accept
 a QUIC connection.
 Initial packet protection (Section 5.2 of [QUIC-TLS]) makes it
 difficult for servers to control the content of Initial packets sent
 by clients.  A client choosing an unpredictable Destination
 Connection ID ensures that servers are unable to control any of the
 encrypted portion of Initial packets from clients.
 However, the Token field is open to server control and does allow a
 server to use clients to mount request forgery attacks.  The use of
 tokens provided with the NEW_TOKEN frame (Section 8.1.3) offers the
 only option for request forgery during connection establishment.
 Clients, however, are not obligated to use the NEW_TOKEN frame.
 Request forgery attacks that rely on the Token field can be avoided
 if clients send an empty Token field when the server address has
 changed from when the NEW_TOKEN frame was received.
 Clients could avoid using NEW_TOKEN if the server address changes.
 However, not including a Token field could adversely affect
 performance.  Servers could rely on NEW_TOKEN to enable the sending
 of data in excess of the three-times limit on sending data; see
 Section 8.1.  In particular, this affects cases where clients use
 0-RTT to request data from servers.
 Sending a Retry packet (Section 17.2.5) offers a server the option to
 change the Token field.  After sending a Retry, the server can also
 control the Destination Connection ID field of subsequent Initial
 packets from the client.  This also might allow indirect control over
 the encrypted content of Initial packets.  However, the exchange of a
 Retry packet validates the server's address, thereby preventing the
 use of subsequent Initial packets for request forgery.

21.5.3. Request Forgery with Preferred Addresses

 Servers can specify a preferred address, which clients then migrate
 to after confirming the handshake; see Section 9.6.  The Destination
 Connection ID field of packets that the client sends to a preferred
 address can be used for request forgery.
 A client MUST NOT send non-probing frames to a preferred address
 prior to validating that address; see Section 8.  This greatly
 reduces the options that a server has to control the encrypted
 portion of datagrams.
 This document does not offer any additional countermeasures that are
 specific to the use of preferred addresses and can be implemented by
 endpoints.  The generic measures described in Section 21.5.6 could be
 used as further mitigation.

21.5.4. Request Forgery with Spoofed Migration

 Clients are able to present a spoofed source address as part of an
 apparent connection migration to cause a server to send datagrams to
 that address.
 The Destination Connection ID field in any packets that a server
 subsequently sends to this spoofed address can be used for request
 forgery.  A client might also be able to influence the ciphertext.
 A server that only sends probing packets (Section 9.1) to an address
 prior to address validation provides an attacker with only limited
 control over the encrypted portion of datagrams.  However,
 particularly for NAT rebinding, this can adversely affect
 performance.  If the server sends frames carrying application data,
 an attacker might be able to control most of the content of
 datagrams.
 This document does not offer specific countermeasures that can be
 implemented by endpoints, aside from the generic measures described
 in Section 21.5.6.  However, countermeasures for address spoofing at
 the network level -- in particular, ingress filtering [BCP38] -- are
 especially effective against attacks that use spoofing and originate
 from an external network.

21.5.5. Request Forgery with Version Negotiation

 Clients that are able to present a spoofed source address on a packet
 can cause a server to send a Version Negotiation packet
 (Section 17.2.1) to that address.
 The absence of size restrictions on the connection ID fields for
 packets of an unknown version increases the amount of data that the
 client controls from the resulting datagram.  The first byte of this
 packet is not under client control and the next four bytes are zero,
 but the client is able to control up to 512 bytes starting from the
 fifth byte.
 No specific countermeasures are provided for this attack, though
 generic protections (Section 21.5.6) could apply.  In this case,
 ingress filtering [BCP38] is also effective.

21.5.6. Generic Request Forgery Countermeasures

 The most effective defense against request forgery attacks is to
 modify vulnerable services to use strong authentication.  However,
 this is not always something that is within the control of a QUIC
 deployment.  This section outlines some other steps that QUIC
 endpoints could take unilaterally.  These additional steps are all
 discretionary because, depending on circumstances, they could
 interfere with or prevent legitimate uses.
 Services offered over loopback interfaces often lack proper
 authentication.  Endpoints MAY prevent connection attempts or
 migration to a loopback address.  Endpoints SHOULD NOT allow
 connections or migration to a loopback address if the same service
 was previously available at a different interface or if the address
 was provided by a service at a non-loopback address.  Endpoints that
 depend on these capabilities could offer an option to disable these
 protections.
 Similarly, endpoints could regard a change in address to a link-local
 address [RFC4291] or an address in a private-use range [RFC1918] from
 a global, unique-local [RFC4193], or non-private address as a
 potential attempt at request forgery.  Endpoints could refuse to use
 these addresses entirely, but that carries a significant risk of
 interfering with legitimate uses.  Endpoints SHOULD NOT refuse to use
 an address unless they have specific knowledge about the network
 indicating that sending datagrams to unvalidated addresses in a given
 range is not safe.
 Endpoints MAY choose to reduce the risk of request forgery by not
 including values from NEW_TOKEN frames in Initial packets or by only
 sending probing frames in packets prior to completing address
 validation.  Note that this does not prevent an attacker from using
 the Destination Connection ID field for an attack.
 Endpoints are not expected to have specific information about the
 location of servers that could be vulnerable targets of a request
 forgery attack.  However, it might be possible over time to identify
 specific UDP ports that are common targets of attacks or particular
 patterns in datagrams that are used for attacks.  Endpoints MAY
 choose to avoid sending datagrams to these ports or not send
 datagrams that match these patterns prior to validating the
 destination address.  Endpoints MAY retire connection IDs containing
 patterns known to be problematic without using them.
    |  Note: Modifying endpoints to apply these protections is more
    |  efficient than deploying network-based protections, as
    |  endpoints do not need to perform any additional processing when
    |  sending to an address that has been validated.

21.6. Slowloris Attacks

 The attacks commonly known as Slowloris [SLOWLORIS] try to keep many
 connections to the target endpoint open and hold them open as long as
 possible.  These attacks can be executed against a QUIC endpoint by
 generating the minimum amount of activity necessary to avoid being
 closed for inactivity.  This might involve sending small amounts of
 data, gradually opening flow control windows in order to control the
 sender rate, or manufacturing ACK frames that simulate a high loss
 rate.
 QUIC deployments SHOULD provide mitigations for the Slowloris
 attacks, such as increasing the maximum number of clients the server
 will allow, limiting the number of connections a single IP address is
 allowed to make, imposing restrictions on the minimum transfer speed
 a connection is allowed to have, and restricting the length of time
 an endpoint is allowed to stay connected.

21.7. Stream Fragmentation and Reassembly Attacks

 An adversarial sender might intentionally not send portions of the
 stream data, causing the receiver to commit resources for the unsent
 data.  This could cause a disproportionate receive buffer memory
 commitment and/or the creation of a large and inefficient data
 structure at the receiver.
 An adversarial receiver might intentionally not acknowledge packets
 containing stream data in an attempt to force the sender to store the
 unacknowledged stream data for retransmission.
 The attack on receivers is mitigated if flow control windows
 correspond to available memory.  However, some receivers will
 overcommit memory and advertise flow control offsets in the aggregate
 that exceed actual available memory.  The overcommitment strategy can
 lead to better performance when endpoints are well behaved, but
 renders endpoints vulnerable to the stream fragmentation attack.
 QUIC deployments SHOULD provide mitigations for stream fragmentation
 attacks.  Mitigations could consist of avoiding overcommitting
 memory, limiting the size of tracking data structures, delaying
 reassembly of STREAM frames, implementing heuristics based on the age
 and duration of reassembly holes, or some combination of these.

21.8. Stream Commitment Attack

 An adversarial endpoint can open a large number of streams,
 exhausting state on an endpoint.  The adversarial endpoint could
 repeat the process on a large number of connections, in a manner
 similar to SYN flooding attacks in TCP.
 Normally, clients will open streams sequentially, as explained in
 Section 2.1.  However, when several streams are initiated at short
 intervals, loss or reordering can cause STREAM frames that open
 streams to be received out of sequence.  On receiving a higher-
 numbered stream ID, a receiver is required to open all intervening
 streams of the same type; see Section 3.2.  Thus, on a new
 connection, opening stream 4000000 opens 1 million and 1 client-
 initiated bidirectional streams.
 The number of active streams is limited by the
 initial_max_streams_bidi and initial_max_streams_uni transport
 parameters as updated by any received MAX_STREAMS frames, as
 explained in Section 4.6.  If chosen judiciously, these limits
 mitigate the effect of the stream commitment attack.  However,
 setting the limit too low could affect performance when applications
 expect to open a large number of streams.

21.9. Peer Denial of Service

 QUIC and TLS both contain frames or messages that have legitimate
 uses in some contexts, but these frames or messages can be abused to
 cause a peer to expend processing resources without having any
 observable impact on the state of the connection.
 Messages can also be used to change and revert state in small or
 inconsequential ways, such as by sending small increments to flow
 control limits.
 If processing costs are disproportionately large in comparison to
 bandwidth consumption or effect on state, then this could allow a
 malicious peer to exhaust processing capacity.
 While there are legitimate uses for all messages, implementations
 SHOULD track cost of processing relative to progress and treat
 excessive quantities of any non-productive packets as indicative of
 an attack.  Endpoints MAY respond to this condition with a connection
 error or by dropping packets.

21.10. Explicit Congestion Notification Attacks

 An on-path attacker could manipulate the value of ECN fields in the
 IP header to influence the sender's rate.  [RFC3168] discusses
 manipulations and their effects in more detail.
 A limited on-path attacker can duplicate and send packets with
 modified ECN fields to affect the sender's rate.  If duplicate
 packets are discarded by a receiver, an attacker will need to race
 the duplicate packet against the original to be successful in this
 attack.  Therefore, QUIC endpoints ignore the ECN field in an IP
 packet unless at least one QUIC packet in that IP packet is
 successfully processed; see Section 13.4.

21.11. Stateless Reset Oracle

 Stateless resets create a possible denial-of-service attack analogous
 to a TCP reset injection.  This attack is possible if an attacker is
 able to cause a stateless reset token to be generated for a
 connection with a selected connection ID.  An attacker that can cause
 this token to be generated can reset an active connection with the
 same connection ID.
 If a packet can be routed to different instances that share a static
 key -- for example, by changing an IP address or port -- then an
 attacker can cause the server to send a stateless reset.  To defend
 against this style of denial of service, endpoints that share a
 static key for stateless resets (see Section 10.3.2) MUST be arranged
 so that packets with a given connection ID always arrive at an
 instance that has connection state, unless that connection is no
 longer active.
 More generally, servers MUST NOT generate a stateless reset if a
 connection with the corresponding connection ID could be active on
 any endpoint using the same static key.
 In the case of a cluster that uses dynamic load balancing, it is
 possible that a change in load-balancer configuration could occur
 while an active instance retains connection state.  Even if an
 instance retains connection state, the change in routing and
 resulting stateless reset will result in the connection being
 terminated.  If there is no chance of the packet being routed to the
 correct instance, it is better to send a stateless reset than wait
 for the connection to time out.  However, this is acceptable only if
 the routing cannot be influenced by an attacker.

21.12. Version Downgrade

 This document defines QUIC Version Negotiation packets (Section 6),
 which can be used to negotiate the QUIC version used between two
 endpoints.  However, this document does not specify how this
 negotiation will be performed between this version and subsequent
 future versions.  In particular, Version Negotiation packets do not
 contain any mechanism to prevent version downgrade attacks.  Future
 versions of QUIC that use Version Negotiation packets MUST define a
 mechanism that is robust against version downgrade attacks.

21.13. Targeted Attacks by Routing

 Deployments should limit the ability of an attacker to target a new
 connection to a particular server instance.  Ideally, routing
 decisions are made independently of client-selected values, including
 addresses.  Once an instance is selected, a connection ID can be
 selected so that later packets are routed to the same instance.

21.14. Traffic Analysis

 The length of QUIC packets can reveal information about the length of
 the content of those packets.  The PADDING frame is provided so that
 endpoints have some ability to obscure the length of packet content;
 see Section 19.1.
 Defeating traffic analysis is challenging and the subject of active
 research.  Length is not the only way that information might leak.
 Endpoints might also reveal sensitive information through other side
 channels, such as the timing of packets.

22. IANA Considerations

 This document establishes several registries for the management of
 codepoints in QUIC.  These registries operate on a common set of
 policies as defined in Section 22.1.

22.1. Registration Policies for QUIC Registries

 All QUIC registries allow for both provisional and permanent
 registration of codepoints.  This section documents policies that are
 common to these registries.

22.1.1. Provisional Registrations

 Provisional registrations of codepoints are intended to allow for
 private use and experimentation with extensions to QUIC.  Provisional
 registrations only require the inclusion of the codepoint value and
 contact information.  However, provisional registrations could be
 reclaimed and reassigned for another purpose.
 Provisional registrations require Expert Review, as defined in
 Section 4.5 of [RFC8126].  The designated expert or experts are
 advised that only registrations for an excessive proportion of
 remaining codepoint space or the very first unassigned value (see
 Section 22.1.2) can be rejected.
 Provisional registrations will include a Date field that indicates
 when the registration was last updated.  A request to update the date
 on any provisional registration can be made without review from the
 designated expert(s).
 All QUIC registries include the following fields to support
 provisional registration:
 Value:  The assigned codepoint.
 Status:  "permanent" or "provisional".
 Specification:  A reference to a publicly available specification for
    the value.
 Date:  The date of the last update to the registration.
 Change Controller:  The entity that is responsible for the definition
    of the registration.
 Contact:  Contact details for the registrant.
 Notes:  Supplementary notes about the registration.
 Provisional registrations MAY omit the Specification and Notes
 fields, plus any additional fields that might be required for a
 permanent registration.  The Date field is not required as part of
 requesting a registration, as it is set to the date the registration
 is created or updated.

22.1.2. Selecting Codepoints

 New requests for codepoints from QUIC registries SHOULD use a
 randomly selected codepoint that excludes both existing allocations
 and the first unallocated codepoint in the selected space.  Requests
 for multiple codepoints MAY use a contiguous range.  This minimizes
 the risk that differing semantics are attributed to the same
 codepoint by different implementations.
 The use of the first unassigned codepoint is reserved for allocation
 using the Standards Action policy; see Section 4.9 of [RFC8126].  The
 early codepoint assignment process [EARLY-ASSIGN] can be used for
 these values.
 For codepoints that are encoded in variable-length integers
 (Section 16), such as frame types, codepoints that encode to four or
 eight bytes (that is, values 2^14 and above) SHOULD be used unless
 the usage is especially sensitive to having a longer encoding.
 Applications to register codepoints in QUIC registries MAY include a
 requested codepoint as part of the registration.  IANA MUST allocate
 the selected codepoint if the codepoint is unassigned and the
 requirements of the registration policy are met.

22.1.3. Reclaiming Provisional Codepoints

 A request might be made to remove an unused provisional registration
 from the registry to reclaim space in a registry, or a portion of the
 registry (such as the 64-16383 range for codepoints that use
 variable-length encodings).  This SHOULD be done only for the
 codepoints with the earliest recorded date, and entries that have
 been updated less than a year prior SHOULD NOT be reclaimed.
 A request to remove a codepoint MUST be reviewed by the designated
 experts.  The experts MUST attempt to determine whether the codepoint
 is still in use.  Experts are advised to contact the listed contacts
 for the registration, plus as wide a set of protocol implementers as
 possible in order to determine whether any use of the codepoint is
 known.  The experts are also advised to allow at least four weeks for
 responses.
 If any use of the codepoints is identified by this search or a
 request to update the registration is made, the codepoint MUST NOT be
 reclaimed.  Instead, the date on the registration is updated.  A note
 might be added for the registration recording relevant information
 that was learned.
 If no use of the codepoint was identified and no request was made to
 update the registration, the codepoint MAY be removed from the
 registry.
 This review and consultation process also applies to requests to
 change a provisional registration into a permanent registration,
 except that the goal is not to determine whether there is no use of
 the codepoint but to determine that the registration is an accurate
 representation of any deployed usage.

22.1.4. Permanent Registrations

 Permanent registrations in QUIC registries use the Specification
 Required policy (Section 4.6 of [RFC8126]), unless otherwise
 specified.  The designated expert or experts verify that a
 specification exists and is readily accessible.  Experts are
 encouraged to be biased towards approving registrations unless they
 are abusive, frivolous, or actively harmful (not merely aesthetically
 displeasing or architecturally dubious).  The creation of a registry
 MAY specify additional constraints on permanent registrations.
 The creation of a registry MAY identify a range of codepoints where
 registrations are governed by a different registration policy.  For
 instance, the "QUIC Frame Types" registry (Section 22.4) has a
 stricter policy for codepoints in the range from 0 to 63.
 Any stricter requirements for permanent registrations do not prevent
 provisional registrations for affected codepoints.  For instance, a
 provisional registration for a frame type of 61 could be requested.
 All registrations made by Standards Track publications MUST be
 permanent.
 All registrations in this document are assigned a permanent status
 and list a change controller of the IETF and a contact of the QUIC
 Working Group (quic@ietf.org).

22.2. QUIC Versions Registry

 IANA has added a registry for "QUIC Versions" under a "QUIC" heading.
 The "QUIC Versions" registry governs a 32-bit space; see Section 15.
 This registry follows the registration policy from Section 22.1.
 Permanent registrations in this registry are assigned using the
 Specification Required policy (Section 4.6 of [RFC8126]).
 The codepoint of 0x00000001 for the protocol is assigned with
 permanent status to the protocol defined in this document.  The
 codepoint of 0x00000000 is permanently reserved; the note for this
 codepoint indicates that this version is reserved for version
 negotiation.
 All codepoints that follow the pattern 0x?a?a?a?a are reserved, MUST
 NOT be assigned by IANA, and MUST NOT appear in the listing of
 assigned values.

22.3. QUIC Transport Parameters Registry

 IANA has added a registry for "QUIC Transport Parameters" under a
 "QUIC" heading.
 The "QUIC Transport Parameters" registry governs a 62-bit space.
 This registry follows the registration policy from Section 22.1.
 Permanent registrations in this registry are assigned using the
 Specification Required policy (Section 4.6 of [RFC8126]), except for
 values between 0x00 and 0x3f (in hexadecimal), inclusive, which are
 assigned using Standards Action or IESG Approval as defined in
 Sections 4.9 and 4.10 of [RFC8126].
 In addition to the fields listed in Section 22.1.1, permanent
 registrations in this registry MUST include the following field:
 Parameter Name:  A short mnemonic for the parameter.
 The initial contents of this registry are shown in Table 6.
    +=======+=====================================+===============+
    | Value | Parameter Name                      | Specification |
    +=======+=====================================+===============+
    | 0x00  | original_destination_connection_id  | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x01  | max_idle_timeout                    | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x02  | stateless_reset_token               | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x03  | max_udp_payload_size                | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x04  | initial_max_data                    | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x05  | initial_max_stream_data_bidi_local  | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x06  | initial_max_stream_data_bidi_remote | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x07  | initial_max_stream_data_uni         | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x08  | initial_max_streams_bidi            | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x09  | initial_max_streams_uni             | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0a  | ack_delay_exponent                  | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0b  | max_ack_delay                       | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0c  | disable_active_migration            | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0d  | preferred_address                   | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0e  | active_connection_id_limit          | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x0f  | initial_source_connection_id        | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
    | 0x10  | retry_source_connection_id          | Section 18.2  |
    +-------+-------------------------------------+---------------+
      Table 6: Initial QUIC Transport Parameters Registry Entries
 Each value of the form "31 * N + 27" for integer values of N (that
 is, 27, 58, 89, ...) are reserved; these values MUST NOT be assigned
 by IANA and MUST NOT appear in the listing of assigned values.

22.4. QUIC Frame Types Registry

 IANA has added a registry for "QUIC Frame Types" under a "QUIC"
 heading.
 The "QUIC Frame Types" registry governs a 62-bit space.  This
 registry follows the registration policy from Section 22.1.
 Permanent registrations in this registry are assigned using the
 Specification Required policy (Section 4.6 of [RFC8126]), except for
 values between 0x00 and 0x3f (in hexadecimal), inclusive, which are
 assigned using Standards Action or IESG Approval as defined in
 Sections 4.9 and 4.10 of [RFC8126].
 In addition to the fields listed in Section 22.1.1, permanent
 registrations in this registry MUST include the following field:
 Frame Type Name:  A short mnemonic for the frame type.
 In addition to the advice in Section 22.1, specifications for new
 permanent registrations SHOULD describe the means by which an
 endpoint might determine that it can send the identified type of
 frame.  An accompanying transport parameter registration is expected
 for most registrations; see Section 22.3.  Specifications for
 permanent registrations also need to describe the format and assigned
 semantics of any fields in the frame.
 The initial contents of this registry are tabulated in Table 3.  Note
 that the registry does not include the "Pkts" and "Spec" columns from
 Table 3.

22.5. QUIC Transport Error Codes Registry

 IANA has added a registry for "QUIC Transport Error Codes" under a
 "QUIC" heading.
 The "QUIC Transport Error Codes" registry governs a 62-bit space.
 This space is split into three ranges that are governed by different
 policies.  Permanent registrations in this registry are assigned
 using the Specification Required policy (Section 4.6 of [RFC8126]),
 except for values between 0x00 and 0x3f (in hexadecimal), inclusive,
 which are assigned using Standards Action or IESG Approval as defined
 in Sections 4.9 and 4.10 of [RFC8126].
 In addition to the fields listed in Section 22.1.1, permanent
 registrations in this registry MUST include the following fields:
 Code:  A short mnemonic for the parameter.
 Description:  A brief description of the error code semantics, which
    MAY be a summary if a specification reference is provided.
 The initial contents of this registry are shown in Table 7.
 +=======+===========================+================+==============+
 |Value  | Code                      |Description     |Specification |
 +=======+===========================+================+==============+
 |0x00   | NO_ERROR                  |No error        |Section 20    |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x01   | INTERNAL_ERROR            |Implementation  |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |error           |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x02   | CONNECTION_REFUSED        |Server refuses a|Section 20    |
 |       |                           |connection      |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x03   | FLOW_CONTROL_ERROR        |Flow control    |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |error           |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x04   | STREAM_LIMIT_ERROR        |Too many streams|Section 20    |
 |       |                           |opened          |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x05   | STREAM_STATE_ERROR        |Frame received  |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |in invalid      |              |
 |       |                           |stream state    |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x06   | FINAL_SIZE_ERROR          |Change to final |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |size            |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x07   | FRAME_ENCODING_ERROR      |Frame encoding  |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |error           |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x08   | TRANSPORT_PARAMETER_ERROR |Error in        |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |transport       |              |
 |       |                           |parameters      |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x09   | CONNECTION_ID_LIMIT_ERROR |Too many        |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |connection IDs  |              |
 |       |                           |received        |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0a   | PROTOCOL_VIOLATION        |Generic protocol|Section 20    |
 |       |                           |violation       |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0b   | INVALID_TOKEN             |Invalid Token   |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |received        |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0c   | APPLICATION_ERROR         |Application     |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |error           |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0d   | CRYPTO_BUFFER_EXCEEDED    |CRYPTO data     |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |buffer          |              |
 |       |                           |overflowed      |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0e   | KEY_UPDATE_ERROR          |Invalid packet  |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |protection      |              |
 |       |                           |update          |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0f   | AEAD_LIMIT_REACHED        |Excessive use of|Section 20    |
 |       |                           |packet          |              |
 |       |                           |protection keys |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x10   | NO_VIABLE_PATH            |No viable       |Section 20    |
 |       |                           |network path    |              |
 |       |                           |exists          |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
 |0x0100-| CRYPTO_ERROR              |TLS alert code  |Section 20    |
 |0x01ff |                           |                |              |
 +-------+---------------------------+----------------+--------------+
      Table 7: Initial QUIC Transport Error Codes Registry Entries

23. References

23.1. Normative References

 [BCP38]    Ferguson, P. and D. Senie, "Network Ingress Filtering:
            Defeating Denial of Service Attacks which employ IP Source
            Address Spoofing", BCP 38, RFC 2827, May 2000.
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp38>
 [DPLPMTUD] Fairhurst, G., Jones, T., Tüxen, M., Rüngeler, I., and T.
            Völker, "Packetization Layer Path MTU Discovery for
            Datagram Transports", RFC 8899, DOI 10.17487/RFC8899,
            September 2020, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8899>.
 [EARLY-ASSIGN]
            Cotton, M., "Early IANA Allocation of Standards Track Code
            Points", BCP 100, RFC 7120, DOI 10.17487/RFC7120, January
            2014, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7120>.
 [IPv4]     Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", STD 5, RFC 791,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC0791, September 1981,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc791>.
 [QUIC-INVARIANTS]
            Thomson, M., "Version-Independent Properties of QUIC",
            RFC 8999, DOI 10.17487/RFC8999, May 2021,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8999>.
 [QUIC-RECOVERY]
            Iyengar, J., Ed. and I. Swett, Ed., "QUIC Loss Detection
            and Congestion Control", RFC 9002, DOI 10.17487/RFC9002,
            May 2021, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9002>.
 [QUIC-TLS] Thomson, M., Ed. and S. Turner, Ed., "Using TLS to Secure
            QUIC", RFC 9001, DOI 10.17487/RFC9001, May 2021,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9001>.
 [RFC1191]  Mogul, J. and S. Deering, "Path MTU discovery", RFC 1191,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC1191, November 1990,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1191>.
 [RFC2119]  Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate
            Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC2119, March 1997,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2119>.
 [RFC3168]  Ramakrishnan, K., Floyd, S., and D. Black, "The Addition
            of Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) to IP",
            RFC 3168, DOI 10.17487/RFC3168, September 2001,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3168>.
 [RFC3629]  Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO
            10646", STD 63, RFC 3629, DOI 10.17487/RFC3629, November
            2003, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3629>.
 [RFC6437]  Amante, S., Carpenter, B., Jiang, S., and J. Rajahalme,
            "IPv6 Flow Label Specification", RFC 6437,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC6437, November 2011,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6437>.
 [RFC8085]  Eggert, L., Fairhurst, G., and G. Shepherd, "UDP Usage
            Guidelines", BCP 145, RFC 8085, DOI 10.17487/RFC8085,
            March 2017, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8085>.
 [RFC8126]  Cotton, M., Leiba, B., and T. Narten, "Guidelines for
            Writing an IANA Considerations Section in RFCs", BCP 26,
            RFC 8126, DOI 10.17487/RFC8126, June 2017,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8126>.
 [RFC8174]  Leiba, B., "Ambiguity of Uppercase vs Lowercase in RFC
            2119 Key Words", BCP 14, RFC 8174, DOI 10.17487/RFC8174,
            May 2017, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8174>.
 [RFC8201]  McCann, J., Deering, S., Mogul, J., and R. Hinden, Ed.,
            "Path MTU Discovery for IP version 6", STD 87, RFC 8201,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC8201, July 2017,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8201>.
 [RFC8311]  Black, D., "Relaxing Restrictions on Explicit Congestion
            Notification (ECN) Experimentation", RFC 8311,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC8311, January 2018,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8311>.
 [TLS13]    Rescorla, E., "The Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol
            Version 1.3", RFC 8446, DOI 10.17487/RFC8446, August 2018,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8446>.
 [UDP]      Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", STD 6, RFC 768,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC0768, August 1980,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc768>.

23.2. Informative References

 [AEAD]     McGrew, D., "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated
            Encryption", RFC 5116, DOI 10.17487/RFC5116, January 2008,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5116>.
 [ALPN]     Friedl, S., Popov, A., Langley, A., and E. Stephan,
            "Transport Layer Security (TLS) Application-Layer Protocol
            Negotiation Extension", RFC 7301, DOI 10.17487/RFC7301,
            July 2014, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7301>.
 [ALTSVC]   Nottingham, M., McManus, P., and J. Reschke, "HTTP
            Alternative Services", RFC 7838, DOI 10.17487/RFC7838,
            April 2016, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7838>.
 [COOKIE]   Barth, A., "HTTP State Management Mechanism", RFC 6265,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC6265, April 2011,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6265>.
 [CSRF]     Barth, A., Jackson, C., and J. Mitchell, "Robust defenses
            for cross-site request forgery", Proceedings of the 15th
            ACM conference on Computer and communications security -
            CCS '08, DOI 10.1145/1455770.1455782, 2008,
            <https://doi.org/10.1145/1455770.1455782>.
 [EARLY-DESIGN]
            Roskind, J., "QUIC: Multiplexed Stream Transport Over
            UDP", 2 December 2013, <https://docs.google.com/document/
            d/1RNHkx_VvKWyWg6Lr8SZ-saqsQx7rFV-ev2jRFUoVD34/
            edit?usp=sharing>.
 [GATEWAY]  Hätönen, S., Nyrhinen, A., Eggert, L., Strowes, S.,
            Sarolahti, P., and M. Kojo, "An experimental study of home
            gateway characteristics", Proceedings of the 10th ACM
            SIGCOMM conference on Internet measurement - IMC '10,
            DOI 10.1145/1879141.1879174, November 2010,
            <https://doi.org/10.1145/1879141.1879174>.
 [HTTP2]    Belshe, M., Peon, R., and M. Thomson, Ed., "Hypertext
            Transfer Protocol Version 2 (HTTP/2)", RFC 7540,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC7540, May 2015,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7540>.
 [IPv6]     Deering, S. and R. Hinden, "Internet Protocol, Version 6
            (IPv6) Specification", STD 86, RFC 8200,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC8200, July 2017,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8200>.
 [QUIC-MANAGEABILITY]
            Kuehlewind, M. and B. Trammell, "Manageability of the QUIC
            Transport Protocol", Work in Progress, Internet-Draft,
            draft-ietf-quic-manageability-11, 21 April 2021,
            <https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-quic-
            manageability-11>.
 [RANDOM]   Eastlake 3rd, D., Schiller, J., and S. Crocker,
            "Randomness Requirements for Security", BCP 106, RFC 4086,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC4086, June 2005,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4086>.
 [RFC1812]  Baker, F., Ed., "Requirements for IP Version 4 Routers",
            RFC 1812, DOI 10.17487/RFC1812, June 1995,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1812>.
 [RFC1918]  Rekhter, Y., Moskowitz, B., Karrenberg, D., de Groot, G.
            J., and E. Lear, "Address Allocation for Private
            Internets", BCP 5, RFC 1918, DOI 10.17487/RFC1918,
            February 1996, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1918>.
 [RFC2018]  Mathis, M., Mahdavi, J., Floyd, S., and A. Romanow, "TCP
            Selective Acknowledgment Options", RFC 2018,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC2018, October 1996,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2018>.
 [RFC2104]  Krawczyk, H., Bellare, M., and R. Canetti, "HMAC: Keyed-
            Hashing for Message Authentication", RFC 2104,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC2104, February 1997,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2104>.
 [RFC3449]  Balakrishnan, H., Padmanabhan, V., Fairhurst, G., and M.
            Sooriyabandara, "TCP Performance Implications of Network
            Path Asymmetry", BCP 69, RFC 3449, DOI 10.17487/RFC3449,
            December 2002, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3449>.
 [RFC4193]  Hinden, R. and B. Haberman, "Unique Local IPv6 Unicast
            Addresses", RFC 4193, DOI 10.17487/RFC4193, October 2005,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4193>.
 [RFC4291]  Hinden, R. and S. Deering, "IP Version 6 Addressing
            Architecture", RFC 4291, DOI 10.17487/RFC4291, February
            2006, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4291>.
 [RFC4443]  Conta, A., Deering, S., and M. Gupta, Ed., "Internet
            Control Message Protocol (ICMPv6) for the Internet
            Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) Specification", STD 89,
            RFC 4443, DOI 10.17487/RFC4443, March 2006,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4443>.
 [RFC4787]  Audet, F., Ed. and C. Jennings, "Network Address
            Translation (NAT) Behavioral Requirements for Unicast
            UDP", BCP 127, RFC 4787, DOI 10.17487/RFC4787, January
            2007, <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4787>.
 [RFC5681]  Allman, M., Paxson, V., and E. Blanton, "TCP Congestion
            Control", RFC 5681, DOI 10.17487/RFC5681, September 2009,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5681>.
 [RFC5869]  Krawczyk, H. and P. Eronen, "HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand
            Key Derivation Function (HKDF)", RFC 5869,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC5869, May 2010,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5869>.
 [RFC7983]  Petit-Huguenin, M. and G. Salgueiro, "Multiplexing Scheme
            Updates for Secure Real-time Transport Protocol (SRTP)
            Extension for Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS)",
            RFC 7983, DOI 10.17487/RFC7983, September 2016,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7983>.
 [RFC8087]  Fairhurst, G. and M. Welzl, "The Benefits of Using
            Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN)", RFC 8087,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC8087, March 2017,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8087>.
 [RFC8981]  Gont, F., Krishnan, S., Narten, T., and R. Draves,
            "Temporary Address Extensions for Stateless Address
            Autoconfiguration in IPv6", RFC 8981,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC8981, February 2021,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8981>.
 [SEC-CONS] Rescorla, E. and B. Korver, "Guidelines for Writing RFC
            Text on Security Considerations", BCP 72, RFC 3552,
            DOI 10.17487/RFC3552, July 2003,
            <https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3552>.
 [SLOWLORIS]
            "RSnake" Hansen, R., "Welcome to Slowloris - the low
            bandwidth, yet greedy and poisonous HTTP client!", June
            2009, <https://web.archive.org/web/20150315054838/
            http://ha.ckers.org/slowloris/>.

Appendix A. Pseudocode

 The pseudocode in this section describes sample algorithms.  These
 algorithms are intended to be correct and clear, rather than being
 optimally performant.
 The pseudocode segments in this section are licensed as Code
 Components; see the Copyright Notice.

A.1. Sample Variable-Length Integer Decoding

 The pseudocode in Figure 45 shows how a variable-length integer can
 be read from a stream of bytes.  The function ReadVarint takes a
 single argument -- a sequence of bytes, which can be read in network
 byte order.
 ReadVarint(data):
   // The length of variable-length integers is encoded in the
   // first two bits of the first byte.
   v = data.next_byte()
   prefix = v >> 6
   length = 1 << prefix
   // Once the length is known, remove these bits and read any
   // remaining bytes.
   v = v & 0x3f
   repeat length-1 times:
     v = (v << 8) + data.next_byte()
   return v
      Figure 45: Sample Variable-Length Integer Decoding Algorithm
 For example, the eight-byte sequence 0xc2197c5eff14e88c decodes to
 the decimal value 151,288,809,941,952,652; the four-byte sequence
 0x9d7f3e7d decodes to 494,878,333; the two-byte sequence 0x7bbd
 decodes to 15,293; and the single byte 0x25 decodes to 37 (as does
 the two-byte sequence 0x4025).

A.2. Sample Packet Number Encoding Algorithm

 The pseudocode in Figure 46 shows how an implementation can select an
 appropriate size for packet number encodings.
 The EncodePacketNumber function takes two arguments:
  • full_pn is the full packet number of the packet being sent.
  • largest_acked is the largest packet number that has been

acknowledged by the peer in the current packet number space, if

    any.
 EncodePacketNumber(full_pn, largest_acked):
   // The number of bits must be at least one more
   // than the base-2 logarithm of the number of contiguous
   // unacknowledged packet numbers, including the new packet.
   if largest_acked is None:
     num_unacked = full_pn + 1
   else:
     num_unacked = full_pn - largest_acked
   min_bits = log(num_unacked, 2) + 1
   num_bytes = ceil(min_bits / 8)
   // Encode the integer value and truncate to
   // the num_bytes least significant bytes.
   return encode(full_pn, num_bytes)
           Figure 46: Sample Packet Number Encoding Algorithm
 For example, if an endpoint has received an acknowledgment for packet
 0xabe8b3 and is sending a packet with a number of 0xac5c02, there are
 29,519 (0x734f) outstanding packet numbers.  In order to represent at
 least twice this range (59,038 packets, or 0xe69e), 16 bits are
 required.
 In the same state, sending a packet with a number of 0xace8fe uses
 the 24-bit encoding, because at least 18 bits are required to
 represent twice the range (131,222 packets, or 0x020096).

A.3. Sample Packet Number Decoding Algorithm

 The pseudocode in Figure 47 includes an example algorithm for
 decoding packet numbers after header protection has been removed.
 The DecodePacketNumber function takes three arguments:
  • largest_pn is the largest packet number that has been successfully

processed in the current packet number space.

  • truncated_pn is the value of the Packet Number field.
  • pn_nbits is the number of bits in the Packet Number field (8, 16,

24, or 32).

 DecodePacketNumber(largest_pn, truncated_pn, pn_nbits):
    expected_pn  = largest_pn + 1
    pn_win       = 1 << pn_nbits
    pn_hwin      = pn_win / 2
    pn_mask      = pn_win - 1
    // The incoming packet number should be greater than
    // expected_pn - pn_hwin and less than or equal to
    // expected_pn + pn_hwin
    //
    // This means we cannot just strip the trailing bits from
    // expected_pn and add the truncated_pn because that might
    // yield a value outside the window.
    //
    // The following code calculates a candidate value and
    // makes sure it's within the packet number window.
    // Note the extra checks to prevent overflow and underflow.
    candidate_pn = (expected_pn & ~pn_mask) | truncated_pn
    if candidate_pn <= expected_pn - pn_hwin and
       candidate_pn < (1 << 62) - pn_win:
       return candidate_pn + pn_win
    if candidate_pn > expected_pn + pn_hwin and
       candidate_pn >= pn_win:
       return candidate_pn - pn_win
    return candidate_pn
           Figure 47: Sample Packet Number Decoding Algorithm
 For example, if the highest successfully authenticated packet had a
 packet number of 0xa82f30ea, then a packet containing a 16-bit value
 of 0x9b32 will be decoded as 0xa82f9b32.

A.4. Sample ECN Validation Algorithm

 Each time an endpoint commences sending on a new network path, it
 determines whether the path supports ECN; see Section 13.4.  If the
 path supports ECN, the goal is to use ECN.  Endpoints might also
 periodically reassess a path that was determined to not support ECN.
 This section describes one method for testing new paths.  This
 algorithm is intended to show how a path might be tested for ECN
 support.  Endpoints can implement different methods.
 The path is assigned an ECN state that is one of "testing",
 "unknown", "failed", or "capable".  On paths with a "testing" or
 "capable" state, the endpoint sends packets with an ECT marking --
 ECT(0) by default; otherwise, the endpoint sends unmarked packets.
 To start testing a path, the ECN state is set to "testing", and
 existing ECN counts are remembered as a baseline.
 The testing period runs for a number of packets or a limited time, as
 determined by the endpoint.  The goal is not to limit the duration of
 the testing period but to ensure that enough marked packets are sent
 for received ECN counts to provide a clear indication of how the path
 treats marked packets.  Section 13.4.2 suggests limiting this to ten
 packets or three times the PTO.
 After the testing period ends, the ECN state for the path becomes
 "unknown".  From the "unknown" state, successful validation of the
 ECN counts in an ACK frame (see Section 13.4.2.1) causes the ECN
 state for the path to become "capable", unless no marked packet has
 been acknowledged.
 If validation of ECN counts fails at any time, the ECN state for the
 affected path becomes "failed".  An endpoint can also mark the ECN
 state for a path as "failed" if marked packets are all declared lost
 or if they are all ECN-CE marked.
 Following this algorithm ensures that ECN is rarely disabled for
 paths that properly support ECN.  Any path that incorrectly modifies
 markings will cause ECN to be disabled.  For those rare cases where
 marked packets are discarded by the path, the short duration of the
 testing period limits the number of losses incurred.

Contributors

 The original design and rationale behind this protocol draw
 significantly from work by Jim Roskind [EARLY-DESIGN].
 The IETF QUIC Working Group received an enormous amount of support
 from many people.  The following people provided substantive
 contributions to this document:
  • Alessandro Ghedini
  • Alyssa Wilk
  • Antoine Delignat-Lavaud
  • Brian Trammell
  • Christian Huitema
  • Colin Perkins
  • David Schinazi
  • Dmitri Tikhonov
  • Eric Kinnear
  • Eric Rescorla
  • Gorry Fairhurst
  • Ian Swett
  • Igor Lubashev
  • 奥 一穂 (Kazuho Oku)
  • Lars Eggert
  • Lucas Pardue
  • Magnus Westerlund
  • Marten Seemann
  • Martin Duke
  • Mike Bishop
  • Mikkel Fahnøe Jørgensen
  • Mirja Kühlewind
  • Nick Banks
  • Nick Harper
  • Patrick McManus
  • Roberto Peon
  • Ryan Hamilton
  • Subodh Iyengar
  • Tatsuhiro Tsujikawa
  • Ted Hardie
  • Tom Jones
  • Victor Vasiliev

Authors' Addresses

 Jana Iyengar (editor)
 Fastly
 Email: jri.ietf@gmail.com
 Martin Thomson (editor)
 Mozilla
 Email: mt@lowentropy.net
/home/gen.uk/domains/wiki.gen.uk/public_html/data/pages/rfc/rfc9000.txt · Last modified: 2021/05/27 21:31 by 127.0.0.1

Donate Powered by PHP Valid HTML5 Valid CSS Driven by DokuWiki